Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

the+hour+hand

  • 61 повременная оплата труда

    Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > повременная оплата труда

  • 62 slag

    bang, battle, blow, cloak, cuff, drive, knock, percussion, punch, shot, slog, smash, sock, stroke, swipe
    * * *
    (et -)
    ( med hånd, våben etc) blow, stroke,
    ( hårdt) knock;
    ( med flad hånd) slap ( fx a slap in the face);
    ( hurtigt, hårdt) rap ( fx a rap over the knuckles);
    ( let) tap;
    ( med pisk) cut,
    ( især som straf) lash ( fx receive twenty lashes);
    ( med boldtræ, golfkølle, ketcher etc) stroke;
    ( hjertets, pulsens) beat;
    (dvs banken) beating, pulsation;
    ( af klokke, ur; stempelslag etc) stroke;
    ( af bølger, vind etc) beating;
    ( drejning, vending) turn;
    ( dueslag) dovecot;
    ( overraskelse) blow, shock ( fx it was a hard blow (, a shock) to them);
    (mil.) battle;
    ( okseslag) flank,
    ( svineslag) belly of pork;
    ( spil) game ( fx of cards);
    [ ikke et slag] not a bit;
    [ han har ikke bestilt et slag] he has not done a stroke (of work);
    [ slå et slag for] strike a blow for;
    (fig) steady (on)! gently!
    [ med præp:]
    [ falde i slag] prepare to strike;
    (fig) the hour has struck;
    [ komme (el.) slag i slag] follow (each other) in rapid succession;
    (også fig) a slap in the face;
    [ et slag i hovedet] a blow (, knock) on the head;
    (fig) an ineffectual gesture;
    (dvs vigtig) high and mighty;
    (dvs flot) he likes to do things in style;
    [ med ét slag] with one stroke,
    (fig) at a stroke, at a blow,
    ( i et nu) all at once;
    [ et slag med halen] a flick of the tail;
    [ slaget om England] the Battle of Britain;
    (dvs præcis) on the stroke;
    [ være der på slaget 9] be there on the stroke of 9,
    T be there at 9 o'clock on the dot;
    (fx Hastings, Waterloo) the battle of ( fx Hastings, Waterloo).

    Danish-English dictionary > slag

  • 63 кръгъл

    1. round
    зоол. terete
    кръгъл почерк a round hand
    кръгъл трион a circular saw
    2. (кълбовиден) round, spherical
    кръгли числа round numbers figures
    4. (съвършен, пълен) perfect, utter, complete, absolute
    кръгъл глупак a perfect/downright fool
    кръгла глупост utter/perfect nonsense
    кръгъл невежа an absolute ignoramus
    кръгъл сирак a (complete) orphan, a parentless child
    * * *
    кръ̀гъл,
    прил., -ла, -ло, -ли 1. round; зоол. terete; (за движение) circular; конференция около \кръгъллата маса round table conference; \кръгълъл почерк round hand; \кръгълъл трион circular saw;
    2. ( кълбовиден) round, spherical; ( топчест) rotund;
    4. ( съвършен, пълен) perfect, utter, complete, absolute, sheer; \кръгълла нула nonentity; \кръгълло невежество crass ignorance; \кръгълъл глупак perfect/downright fool; \кръгълъл сирак (complete) orphan, parentless child; • в \кръгълъл час on the hour; \кръгълла годишнина tenth, twentieth, etc. anniversary.
    * * *
    circular: а кръгъл saw - кръгъл трион; conglobate; orbed{O;bit}; orbicular; round{raund}: a кръгъл table - кръгла маса; terete (биол.)
    * * *
    1. (за движение) circular 2. (кълбовиден) round, spherical 3. (приблизителен) round 4. (съвършен, пълен) perfect, utter, complete, absolute 5. (топчест) rotund 6. round 7. КРЪГЪЛ глупак a perfect/downright fool 8. КРЪГЪЛ невежа an absolute ignoramus 9. КРЪГЪЛ почерк a round hand 10. КРЪГЪЛ сирак a (complete) orphan, a parentless child 11. КРЪГЪЛ трион a circular saw 12. зоол. terete 13. конференция около кръглата маса а round table conference 14. кръгла глупост utter/perfect nonsense 15. кръгла нула nonentity 16. кръгли числа round numbers figures 17. кръгло невежество crass ignorance

    Български-английски речник > кръгъл

  • 64 akrep

    n. Scorpio, 8th sign of the zodiac; short hand that indicates the hours on a clock or watch, hour hand
    * * *
    scorpion

    Turkish-English dictionary > akrep

  • 65 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 66 summum

    sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:

    super inferque vicinus,

    Cato, R. R. 149, 1:

    totus super ignis,

    Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
    I.
    Posit.
    A.
    Adj.
    1.
    In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:

    at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:

    omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:

    ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    limen superum inferumque salve,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:

    portae Phrygiae limen,

    id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):

    carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:

    di,

    id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:

    spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:

    omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,

    Verg. A. 6, 788:

    supera ad convexa,

    to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):

    lumen,

    Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:

    domus deorum,

    Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;

    so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:

    de supero, quom huc accesserit,

    from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,

    ex supero,

    Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
    2.
    In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):

    supera de parte,

    i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:

    superas evadere ad auras,

    Verg. A. 6, 128:

    superum ad lumen ire,

    id. ib. 6, 680:

    aurae,

    Ov. M. 5, 641:

    orae,

    Verg. A. 2, 91:

    limen,

    id. ib. 6, 680.—
    B.
    Substt.
    1.
    Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
    (α).
    They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:

    multum fleti ad superos,

    i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:

    (Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,

    the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:

    ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,

    Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:

    epistula ad superos scripta,

    i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
    (β).
    (Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:

    quae Superi Manesque dabant,

    Verg. A. 10, 34:

    aspiciunt Superi mortalia,

    Ov. M. 13, 70:

    o Superi!

    id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;

    pro Superi,

    id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:

    terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,

    Verg. A. 1, 4:

    illa propago Contemptrix Superum,

    Ov. M. 1, 161:

    exemplo Superorum,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,

    Superorum,

    id. P. 1, 1, 43:

    postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,

    Verg. A. 3, 2:

    scilicet is Superis labor est,

    id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    flectere Superos,

    Verg. A. 7, 312:

    te per Superos... oro,

    id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
    2.
    sŭpĕra, orum, n.
    (α).
    The heavenly bodies:

    Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:

    cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,

    id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
    (β).
    Higher places (sc. loca):

    supera semper petunt,

    tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:

    (Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,

    the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
    II.
    Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
    A.
    Lit., of place, higher, upper:

    inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 46:

    dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?

    Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:

    in superiore qui habito cenaculo,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:

    tota domus superior vacat,

    the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:

    superior accumbere,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:

    de loco superiore dicere,

    i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:

    agere,

    i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;

    and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,

    id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,

    ex loco superiore,

    id. ib. 3, 4:

    loca,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 4;

    3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,

    id. B. C. 3, 98:

    qui in superiore acie constiterant,

    id. B. G. 1, 24:

    ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,

    i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:

    posteriori superius non jungitur,

    id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:

    superiores solis defectiones,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:

    quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,

    id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:

    refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 58:

    superioribus aestivis,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:

    superioribus temporibus,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:

    tempus (opp. posterius),

    id. Dom. 37, 99:

    tempora (opp. inferiora),

    Suet. Claud. 41:

    annus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:

    anno superiore,

    id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:

    superioris anni acta,

    Suet. Caes. 23:

    in superiore vita,

    Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:

    testimonium conveniens superiori facto,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:

    superius facinus novo scelere vincere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:

    superioris more crudelitatis uti,

    Nep. Thras. 3, 1:

    superius genus,

    mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:

    nuptiae,

    former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:

    vir,

    first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
    b.
    Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:

    omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 5:

    aetate superiores,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:

    superior Africanus,

    the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    Dionysius,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:

    quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,

    Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
    2.
    Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:

    Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65:

    numero superiores,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:

    hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,

    id. ib. 8, 19:

    se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,

    Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:

    semper discessit superior,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 2:

    si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,

    Sall. C. 39, 4:

    ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 15:

    multo superiores bello esse,

    Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:

    superiorem Appium in causa fecit,

    Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
    3.
    Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
    (α).
    With abl. respect.:

    pecuniis superiores,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:

    loco, fortuna, fama superiores,

    id. Lael. 25, 94:

    habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    ordine,

    id. ib. 13, 5, 2:

    facilitate et humanitate superior,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    si superior ceteris rebus esses,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
    (β).
    Absol.:

    ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:

    ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:

    premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,

    Liv. 22, 12, 12:

    cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,

    Vell. 2, 101, 1.
    III.
    Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
    A.
    sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
    B.
    sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
    1.
    Lit. (only poet.; cf.

    summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,

    the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,

    montes,

    Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:

    rupes,

    Sen. Oedip. 95:

    arx,

    Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:

    supremae Tethyos unda,

    Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
    (α).
    In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;

    sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:

    quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    supremo te sole domi manebo,

    at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:

    jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,

    last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:

    quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,

    Ov. M. 12, 526.—
    (β).
    In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:

    supremo vitae die,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:

    dies,

    id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:

    hora,

    Tib. 1, 1, 59:

    tempus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:

    incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,

    i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    mors,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:

    finis,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 12:

    iter,

    id. C. 2, 17, 11:

    lumen,

    Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,

    ore,

    id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:

    haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,

    Verg. A. 8, 583:

    Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,

    in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;

    supremis suis annis,

    in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:

    suprema ejus cura,

    id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:

    spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:

    funera,

    Ov. M. 3, 137:

    oscula,

    id. ib. 6, 278:

    tori,

    i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:

    ignis,

    id. Am. 1, 15, 41:

    ignes,

    id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:

    officia,

    Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,

    tabulae,

    Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:

    tituli,

    i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:

    Troiae sorte suprema,

    Verg. A. 5, 190:

    dies regnis,

    Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:

    animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,

    for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:

    anima exitura supremo,

    Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
    1.
    sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):

    ventum ad supremum est,

    Verg. A. 12, 803.—
    2.
    suprēma, orum, n.
    (α).
    The last moments, the close of life, death:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:

    statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,

    the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:

    circa suprema Neronis,

    the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
    (β).
    The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:

    supremis divi Augusti,

    Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:

    suprema ferre (sc. munera),

    Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
    (γ).
    A last will, testament:

    nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,

    Tac. A. 1, 8:

    miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,

    Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
    (δ).
    The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med.
    b.
    Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:

    multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,

    Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:

    macies,

    Verg. A. 3, 590:

    Juppiter supreme,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:

    med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,

    most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
    C.
    summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
    1.
    Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):

    summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,

    the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):

    summum jugum montis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 21:

    summus mons,

    the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:

    feriunt summos fulmina montes,

    the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:

    locus castrorum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 23:

    in summa sacra via,

    on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    in summa columna conlocare,

    id. Div. 1, 24, 48:

    quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    Janus summus ab imo,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:

    ad aquam summam appropinquare,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:

    in aqua summa natare,

    the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:

    apud summum puteum,

    id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:

    per summa volare aequora,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    summa cacumina linquunt,

    id. ib. 6, 678:

    mari summo,

    id. ib. 1, 110:

    prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,

    id. ib. 6, 357:

    summaque per galeam delibans oscula,

    id. ib. 12, 434:

    amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,

    Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:

    summam cutem novacula decerpito,

    Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:

    summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,

    I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:

    standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,

    a summo dare (bibere),

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
    b.
    summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:

    ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 26:

    qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:

    leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 30:

    igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,

    Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:

    puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:

    nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,

    Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:

    summa petere,

    Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
    2.
    Transf., of the voice:

    jubeo te salvere voce summa,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:

    citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,

    at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:

    vox (opp. ima),

    Quint. 11, 3, 15:

    summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:

    summo haec clamore,

    Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:

    exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,

    Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:

    bis, terve summum,

    id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:

    triduo aut summum quatriduo,

    id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):

    haec est praestituta summa argento dies,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,

    venit summa dies,

    Verg. A. 2, 324:

    ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:

    cum esset summa senectute,

    id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:

    in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,

    Luc. 2, 211:

    summo carmine,

    at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:

    eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,

    the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;

    quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,

    at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:

    nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,

    Albin. 1, 137. —
    b.
    Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):

    summi puerorum amores,

    Cic. Lael. 10, 33:

    spes civium,

    id. ib. 3, 11:

    fides, constantia justitiaque,

    id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:

    qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,

    id. ib. 6, 20:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:

    tres fratres summo loco nati,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    qui summo magistratui praeerat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:

    quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,

    id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:

    turpitudo,

    id. Lael. 17, 61:

    summum in cruciatum se venire,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    scelus,

    Sall. C. 12, 5:

    hiems,

    the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:

    cum aestas summa esse coeperat,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:

    ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:

    summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:

    optimi et summi viri diligentia,

    id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:

    summus Juppiter,

    id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:

    ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,

    id. Am. 1, 2, 6:

    miles summi inperatoris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:

    amicus summus,

    the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:

    nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:

    summa ducum Atrides,

    the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:

    summo rei publicae tempore,

    at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:

    in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,

    id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:

    summa salus rei publicae,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,

    res publica,

    id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:

    ad summam rem publicam,

    Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:

    quo res summa loco, Panthu?

    the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;

    ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,

    id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:

    quod me sollicitare summe solet,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:

    cupere aliquid,

    id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:

    contendere,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:

    diffidere,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:

    admirari,

    Quint. 10, 1, 70:

    summe jucundum,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:

    officiosi,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:

    summe disertus vir,

    Quint. 12, 1, 23:

    summe munitus locus,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:

    summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:

    mei summe observantissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > summum

  • 67 Superi

    sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:

    super inferque vicinus,

    Cato, R. R. 149, 1:

    totus super ignis,

    Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
    I.
    Posit.
    A.
    Adj.
    1.
    In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:

    at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:

    omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:

    ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    limen superum inferumque salve,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:

    portae Phrygiae limen,

    id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):

    carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:

    di,

    id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:

    spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:

    omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,

    Verg. A. 6, 788:

    supera ad convexa,

    to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):

    lumen,

    Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:

    domus deorum,

    Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;

    so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:

    de supero, quom huc accesserit,

    from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,

    ex supero,

    Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
    2.
    In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):

    supera de parte,

    i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:

    superas evadere ad auras,

    Verg. A. 6, 128:

    superum ad lumen ire,

    id. ib. 6, 680:

    aurae,

    Ov. M. 5, 641:

    orae,

    Verg. A. 2, 91:

    limen,

    id. ib. 6, 680.—
    B.
    Substt.
    1.
    Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
    (α).
    They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:

    multum fleti ad superos,

    i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:

    (Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,

    the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:

    ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,

    Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:

    epistula ad superos scripta,

    i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
    (β).
    (Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:

    quae Superi Manesque dabant,

    Verg. A. 10, 34:

    aspiciunt Superi mortalia,

    Ov. M. 13, 70:

    o Superi!

    id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;

    pro Superi,

    id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:

    terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,

    Verg. A. 1, 4:

    illa propago Contemptrix Superum,

    Ov. M. 1, 161:

    exemplo Superorum,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,

    Superorum,

    id. P. 1, 1, 43:

    postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,

    Verg. A. 3, 2:

    scilicet is Superis labor est,

    id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    flectere Superos,

    Verg. A. 7, 312:

    te per Superos... oro,

    id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
    2.
    sŭpĕra, orum, n.
    (α).
    The heavenly bodies:

    Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:

    cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,

    id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
    (β).
    Higher places (sc. loca):

    supera semper petunt,

    tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:

    (Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,

    the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
    II.
    Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
    A.
    Lit., of place, higher, upper:

    inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 46:

    dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?

    Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:

    in superiore qui habito cenaculo,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:

    tota domus superior vacat,

    the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:

    superior accumbere,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:

    de loco superiore dicere,

    i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:

    agere,

    i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;

    and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,

    id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,

    ex loco superiore,

    id. ib. 3, 4:

    loca,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 4;

    3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,

    id. B. C. 3, 98:

    qui in superiore acie constiterant,

    id. B. G. 1, 24:

    ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,

    i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:

    posteriori superius non jungitur,

    id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:

    superiores solis defectiones,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:

    quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,

    id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:

    refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 58:

    superioribus aestivis,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:

    superioribus temporibus,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:

    tempus (opp. posterius),

    id. Dom. 37, 99:

    tempora (opp. inferiora),

    Suet. Claud. 41:

    annus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:

    anno superiore,

    id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:

    superioris anni acta,

    Suet. Caes. 23:

    in superiore vita,

    Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:

    testimonium conveniens superiori facto,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:

    superius facinus novo scelere vincere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:

    superioris more crudelitatis uti,

    Nep. Thras. 3, 1:

    superius genus,

    mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:

    nuptiae,

    former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:

    vir,

    first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
    b.
    Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:

    omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 5:

    aetate superiores,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:

    superior Africanus,

    the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    Dionysius,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:

    quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,

    Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
    2.
    Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:

    Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65:

    numero superiores,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:

    hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,

    id. ib. 8, 19:

    se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,

    Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:

    semper discessit superior,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 2:

    si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,

    Sall. C. 39, 4:

    ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 15:

    multo superiores bello esse,

    Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:

    superiorem Appium in causa fecit,

    Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
    3.
    Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
    (α).
    With abl. respect.:

    pecuniis superiores,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:

    loco, fortuna, fama superiores,

    id. Lael. 25, 94:

    habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    ordine,

    id. ib. 13, 5, 2:

    facilitate et humanitate superior,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    si superior ceteris rebus esses,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
    (β).
    Absol.:

    ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:

    ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:

    premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,

    Liv. 22, 12, 12:

    cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,

    Vell. 2, 101, 1.
    III.
    Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
    A.
    sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
    B.
    sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
    1.
    Lit. (only poet.; cf.

    summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,

    the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,

    montes,

    Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:

    rupes,

    Sen. Oedip. 95:

    arx,

    Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:

    supremae Tethyos unda,

    Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
    (α).
    In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;

    sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:

    quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    supremo te sole domi manebo,

    at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:

    jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,

    last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:

    quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,

    Ov. M. 12, 526.—
    (β).
    In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:

    supremo vitae die,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:

    dies,

    id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:

    hora,

    Tib. 1, 1, 59:

    tempus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:

    incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,

    i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    mors,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:

    finis,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 12:

    iter,

    id. C. 2, 17, 11:

    lumen,

    Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,

    ore,

    id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:

    haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,

    Verg. A. 8, 583:

    Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,

    in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;

    supremis suis annis,

    in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:

    suprema ejus cura,

    id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:

    spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:

    funera,

    Ov. M. 3, 137:

    oscula,

    id. ib. 6, 278:

    tori,

    i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:

    ignis,

    id. Am. 1, 15, 41:

    ignes,

    id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:

    officia,

    Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,

    tabulae,

    Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:

    tituli,

    i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:

    Troiae sorte suprema,

    Verg. A. 5, 190:

    dies regnis,

    Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:

    animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,

    for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:

    anima exitura supremo,

    Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
    1.
    sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):

    ventum ad supremum est,

    Verg. A. 12, 803.—
    2.
    suprēma, orum, n.
    (α).
    The last moments, the close of life, death:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:

    statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,

    the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:

    circa suprema Neronis,

    the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
    (β).
    The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:

    supremis divi Augusti,

    Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:

    suprema ferre (sc. munera),

    Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
    (γ).
    A last will, testament:

    nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,

    Tac. A. 1, 8:

    miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,

    Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
    (δ).
    The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med.
    b.
    Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:

    multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,

    Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:

    macies,

    Verg. A. 3, 590:

    Juppiter supreme,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:

    med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,

    most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
    C.
    summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
    1.
    Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):

    summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,

    the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):

    summum jugum montis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 21:

    summus mons,

    the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:

    feriunt summos fulmina montes,

    the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:

    locus castrorum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 23:

    in summa sacra via,

    on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    in summa columna conlocare,

    id. Div. 1, 24, 48:

    quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    Janus summus ab imo,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:

    ad aquam summam appropinquare,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:

    in aqua summa natare,

    the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:

    apud summum puteum,

    id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:

    per summa volare aequora,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    summa cacumina linquunt,

    id. ib. 6, 678:

    mari summo,

    id. ib. 1, 110:

    prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,

    id. ib. 6, 357:

    summaque per galeam delibans oscula,

    id. ib. 12, 434:

    amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,

    Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:

    summam cutem novacula decerpito,

    Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:

    summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,

    I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:

    standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,

    a summo dare (bibere),

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
    b.
    summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:

    ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 26:

    qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:

    leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 30:

    igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,

    Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:

    puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:

    nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,

    Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:

    summa petere,

    Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
    2.
    Transf., of the voice:

    jubeo te salvere voce summa,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:

    citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,

    at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:

    vox (opp. ima),

    Quint. 11, 3, 15:

    summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:

    summo haec clamore,

    Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:

    exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,

    Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:

    bis, terve summum,

    id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:

    triduo aut summum quatriduo,

    id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):

    haec est praestituta summa argento dies,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,

    venit summa dies,

    Verg. A. 2, 324:

    ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:

    cum esset summa senectute,

    id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:

    in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,

    Luc. 2, 211:

    summo carmine,

    at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:

    eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,

    the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;

    quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,

    at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:

    nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,

    Albin. 1, 137. —
    b.
    Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):

    summi puerorum amores,

    Cic. Lael. 10, 33:

    spes civium,

    id. ib. 3, 11:

    fides, constantia justitiaque,

    id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:

    qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,

    id. ib. 6, 20:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:

    tres fratres summo loco nati,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    qui summo magistratui praeerat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:

    quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,

    id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:

    turpitudo,

    id. Lael. 17, 61:

    summum in cruciatum se venire,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    scelus,

    Sall. C. 12, 5:

    hiems,

    the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:

    cum aestas summa esse coeperat,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:

    ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:

    summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:

    optimi et summi viri diligentia,

    id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:

    summus Juppiter,

    id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:

    ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,

    id. Am. 1, 2, 6:

    miles summi inperatoris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:

    amicus summus,

    the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:

    nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:

    summa ducum Atrides,

    the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:

    summo rei publicae tempore,

    at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:

    in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,

    id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:

    summa salus rei publicae,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,

    res publica,

    id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:

    ad summam rem publicam,

    Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:

    quo res summa loco, Panthu?

    the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;

    ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,

    id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:

    quod me sollicitare summe solet,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:

    cupere aliquid,

    id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:

    contendere,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:

    diffidere,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:

    admirari,

    Quint. 10, 1, 70:

    summe jucundum,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:

    officiosi,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:

    summe disertus vir,

    Quint. 12, 1, 23:

    summe munitus locus,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:

    summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:

    mei summe observantissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Superi

  • 68 superus

    sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:

    super inferque vicinus,

    Cato, R. R. 149, 1:

    totus super ignis,

    Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
    I.
    Posit.
    A.
    Adj.
    1.
    In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:

    at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:

    omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:

    ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    limen superum inferumque salve,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:

    portae Phrygiae limen,

    id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):

    carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:

    di,

    id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:

    spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:

    omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,

    Verg. A. 6, 788:

    supera ad convexa,

    to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):

    lumen,

    Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:

    domus deorum,

    Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;

    so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:

    de supero, quom huc accesserit,

    from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,

    ex supero,

    Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
    2.
    In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):

    supera de parte,

    i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:

    superas evadere ad auras,

    Verg. A. 6, 128:

    superum ad lumen ire,

    id. ib. 6, 680:

    aurae,

    Ov. M. 5, 641:

    orae,

    Verg. A. 2, 91:

    limen,

    id. ib. 6, 680.—
    B.
    Substt.
    1.
    Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
    (α).
    They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:

    multum fleti ad superos,

    i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:

    (Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,

    the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:

    ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,

    Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:

    epistula ad superos scripta,

    i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
    (β).
    (Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:

    quae Superi Manesque dabant,

    Verg. A. 10, 34:

    aspiciunt Superi mortalia,

    Ov. M. 13, 70:

    o Superi!

    id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;

    pro Superi,

    id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:

    terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,

    Verg. A. 1, 4:

    illa propago Contemptrix Superum,

    Ov. M. 1, 161:

    exemplo Superorum,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,

    Superorum,

    id. P. 1, 1, 43:

    postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,

    Verg. A. 3, 2:

    scilicet is Superis labor est,

    id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    flectere Superos,

    Verg. A. 7, 312:

    te per Superos... oro,

    id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
    2.
    sŭpĕra, orum, n.
    (α).
    The heavenly bodies:

    Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:

    cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,

    id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
    (β).
    Higher places (sc. loca):

    supera semper petunt,

    tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:

    (Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,

    the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
    II.
    Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
    A.
    Lit., of place, higher, upper:

    inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 46:

    dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?

    Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:

    in superiore qui habito cenaculo,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:

    tota domus superior vacat,

    the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:

    superior accumbere,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:

    de loco superiore dicere,

    i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:

    agere,

    i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;

    and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,

    id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,

    ex loco superiore,

    id. ib. 3, 4:

    loca,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 4;

    3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,

    id. B. C. 3, 98:

    qui in superiore acie constiterant,

    id. B. G. 1, 24:

    ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,

    i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:

    posteriori superius non jungitur,

    id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:

    superiores solis defectiones,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:

    quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,

    id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:

    refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 58:

    superioribus aestivis,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:

    superioribus temporibus,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:

    tempus (opp. posterius),

    id. Dom. 37, 99:

    tempora (opp. inferiora),

    Suet. Claud. 41:

    annus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:

    anno superiore,

    id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:

    superioris anni acta,

    Suet. Caes. 23:

    in superiore vita,

    Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:

    testimonium conveniens superiori facto,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:

    superius facinus novo scelere vincere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:

    superioris more crudelitatis uti,

    Nep. Thras. 3, 1:

    superius genus,

    mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:

    nuptiae,

    former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:

    vir,

    first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
    b.
    Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:

    omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 5:

    aetate superiores,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:

    superior Africanus,

    the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    Dionysius,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:

    quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,

    Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
    2.
    Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:

    Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65:

    numero superiores,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:

    hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,

    id. ib. 8, 19:

    se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,

    Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:

    semper discessit superior,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 2:

    si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,

    Sall. C. 39, 4:

    ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 15:

    multo superiores bello esse,

    Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:

    superiorem Appium in causa fecit,

    Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
    3.
    Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
    (α).
    With abl. respect.:

    pecuniis superiores,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:

    loco, fortuna, fama superiores,

    id. Lael. 25, 94:

    habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    ordine,

    id. ib. 13, 5, 2:

    facilitate et humanitate superior,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    si superior ceteris rebus esses,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
    (β).
    Absol.:

    ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:

    ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:

    premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,

    Liv. 22, 12, 12:

    cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,

    Vell. 2, 101, 1.
    III.
    Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
    A.
    sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
    B.
    sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
    1.
    Lit. (only poet.; cf.

    summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,

    the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,

    montes,

    Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:

    rupes,

    Sen. Oedip. 95:

    arx,

    Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:

    supremae Tethyos unda,

    Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
    (α).
    In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;

    sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:

    quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    supremo te sole domi manebo,

    at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:

    jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,

    last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:

    quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,

    Ov. M. 12, 526.—
    (β).
    In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:

    supremo vitae die,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:

    dies,

    id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:

    hora,

    Tib. 1, 1, 59:

    tempus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:

    incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,

    i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    mors,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:

    finis,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 12:

    iter,

    id. C. 2, 17, 11:

    lumen,

    Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,

    ore,

    id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:

    haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,

    Verg. A. 8, 583:

    Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,

    in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;

    supremis suis annis,

    in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:

    suprema ejus cura,

    id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:

    spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:

    funera,

    Ov. M. 3, 137:

    oscula,

    id. ib. 6, 278:

    tori,

    i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:

    ignis,

    id. Am. 1, 15, 41:

    ignes,

    id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:

    officia,

    Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,

    tabulae,

    Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:

    tituli,

    i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:

    Troiae sorte suprema,

    Verg. A. 5, 190:

    dies regnis,

    Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:

    animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,

    for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:

    anima exitura supremo,

    Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
    1.
    sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):

    ventum ad supremum est,

    Verg. A. 12, 803.—
    2.
    suprēma, orum, n.
    (α).
    The last moments, the close of life, death:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:

    statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,

    the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:

    circa suprema Neronis,

    the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
    (β).
    The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:

    supremis divi Augusti,

    Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:

    suprema ferre (sc. munera),

    Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
    (γ).
    A last will, testament:

    nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,

    Tac. A. 1, 8:

    miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,

    Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
    (δ).
    The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med.
    b.
    Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:

    multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,

    Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:

    macies,

    Verg. A. 3, 590:

    Juppiter supreme,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:

    med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,

    most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
    C.
    summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
    1.
    Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):

    summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,

    the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):

    summum jugum montis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 21:

    summus mons,

    the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:

    feriunt summos fulmina montes,

    the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:

    locus castrorum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 23:

    in summa sacra via,

    on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    in summa columna conlocare,

    id. Div. 1, 24, 48:

    quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    Janus summus ab imo,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:

    ad aquam summam appropinquare,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:

    in aqua summa natare,

    the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:

    apud summum puteum,

    id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:

    per summa volare aequora,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    summa cacumina linquunt,

    id. ib. 6, 678:

    mari summo,

    id. ib. 1, 110:

    prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,

    id. ib. 6, 357:

    summaque per galeam delibans oscula,

    id. ib. 12, 434:

    amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,

    Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:

    summam cutem novacula decerpito,

    Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:

    summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,

    I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:

    standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,

    a summo dare (bibere),

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
    b.
    summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:

    ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 26:

    qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:

    leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 30:

    igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,

    Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:

    puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:

    nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,

    Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:

    summa petere,

    Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
    2.
    Transf., of the voice:

    jubeo te salvere voce summa,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:

    citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,

    at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:

    vox (opp. ima),

    Quint. 11, 3, 15:

    summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:

    summo haec clamore,

    Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:

    exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,

    Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:

    bis, terve summum,

    id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:

    triduo aut summum quatriduo,

    id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):

    haec est praestituta summa argento dies,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,

    venit summa dies,

    Verg. A. 2, 324:

    ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:

    cum esset summa senectute,

    id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:

    in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,

    Luc. 2, 211:

    summo carmine,

    at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:

    eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,

    the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;

    quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,

    at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:

    nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,

    Albin. 1, 137. —
    b.
    Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):

    summi puerorum amores,

    Cic. Lael. 10, 33:

    spes civium,

    id. ib. 3, 11:

    fides, constantia justitiaque,

    id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:

    qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,

    id. ib. 6, 20:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:

    tres fratres summo loco nati,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    qui summo magistratui praeerat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:

    quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,

    id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:

    turpitudo,

    id. Lael. 17, 61:

    summum in cruciatum se venire,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    scelus,

    Sall. C. 12, 5:

    hiems,

    the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:

    cum aestas summa esse coeperat,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:

    ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:

    summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:

    optimi et summi viri diligentia,

    id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:

    summus Juppiter,

    id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:

    ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,

    id. Am. 1, 2, 6:

    miles summi inperatoris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:

    amicus summus,

    the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:

    nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:

    summa ducum Atrides,

    the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:

    summo rei publicae tempore,

    at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:

    in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,

    id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:

    summa salus rei publicae,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,

    res publica,

    id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:

    ad summam rem publicam,

    Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:

    quo res summa loco, Panthu?

    the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;

    ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,

    id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:

    quod me sollicitare summe solet,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:

    cupere aliquid,

    id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:

    contendere,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:

    diffidere,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:

    admirari,

    Quint. 10, 1, 70:

    summe jucundum,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:

    officiosi,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:

    summe disertus vir,

    Quint. 12, 1, 23:

    summe munitus locus,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:

    summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:

    mei summe observantissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > superus

  • 69 suprema

    sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:

    super inferque vicinus,

    Cato, R. R. 149, 1:

    totus super ignis,

    Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
    I.
    Posit.
    A.
    Adj.
    1.
    In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:

    at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:

    omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:

    ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    limen superum inferumque salve,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:

    portae Phrygiae limen,

    id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):

    carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:

    di,

    id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:

    spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:

    omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,

    Verg. A. 6, 788:

    supera ad convexa,

    to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):

    lumen,

    Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:

    domus deorum,

    Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;

    so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:

    de supero, quom huc accesserit,

    from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,

    ex supero,

    Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
    2.
    In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):

    supera de parte,

    i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:

    superas evadere ad auras,

    Verg. A. 6, 128:

    superum ad lumen ire,

    id. ib. 6, 680:

    aurae,

    Ov. M. 5, 641:

    orae,

    Verg. A. 2, 91:

    limen,

    id. ib. 6, 680.—
    B.
    Substt.
    1.
    Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
    (α).
    They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:

    multum fleti ad superos,

    i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:

    (Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,

    the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:

    ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,

    Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:

    epistula ad superos scripta,

    i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
    (β).
    (Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:

    quae Superi Manesque dabant,

    Verg. A. 10, 34:

    aspiciunt Superi mortalia,

    Ov. M. 13, 70:

    o Superi!

    id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;

    pro Superi,

    id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:

    terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,

    Verg. A. 1, 4:

    illa propago Contemptrix Superum,

    Ov. M. 1, 161:

    exemplo Superorum,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,

    Superorum,

    id. P. 1, 1, 43:

    postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,

    Verg. A. 3, 2:

    scilicet is Superis labor est,

    id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    flectere Superos,

    Verg. A. 7, 312:

    te per Superos... oro,

    id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
    2.
    sŭpĕra, orum, n.
    (α).
    The heavenly bodies:

    Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:

    cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,

    id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
    (β).
    Higher places (sc. loca):

    supera semper petunt,

    tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:

    (Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,

    the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
    II.
    Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
    A.
    Lit., of place, higher, upper:

    inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 46:

    dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?

    Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:

    in superiore qui habito cenaculo,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:

    tota domus superior vacat,

    the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:

    superior accumbere,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:

    de loco superiore dicere,

    i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:

    agere,

    i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;

    and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,

    id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,

    ex loco superiore,

    id. ib. 3, 4:

    loca,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 4;

    3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,

    id. B. C. 3, 98:

    qui in superiore acie constiterant,

    id. B. G. 1, 24:

    ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,

    i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:

    posteriori superius non jungitur,

    id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:

    superiores solis defectiones,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:

    quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,

    id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:

    refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 58:

    superioribus aestivis,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:

    superioribus temporibus,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:

    tempus (opp. posterius),

    id. Dom. 37, 99:

    tempora (opp. inferiora),

    Suet. Claud. 41:

    annus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:

    anno superiore,

    id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:

    superioris anni acta,

    Suet. Caes. 23:

    in superiore vita,

    Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:

    testimonium conveniens superiori facto,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:

    superius facinus novo scelere vincere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:

    superioris more crudelitatis uti,

    Nep. Thras. 3, 1:

    superius genus,

    mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:

    nuptiae,

    former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:

    vir,

    first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
    b.
    Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:

    omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 5:

    aetate superiores,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:

    superior Africanus,

    the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    Dionysius,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:

    quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,

    Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
    2.
    Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:

    Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65:

    numero superiores,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:

    hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,

    id. ib. 8, 19:

    se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,

    Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:

    semper discessit superior,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 2:

    si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,

    Sall. C. 39, 4:

    ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 15:

    multo superiores bello esse,

    Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:

    superiorem Appium in causa fecit,

    Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
    3.
    Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
    (α).
    With abl. respect.:

    pecuniis superiores,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:

    loco, fortuna, fama superiores,

    id. Lael. 25, 94:

    habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    ordine,

    id. ib. 13, 5, 2:

    facilitate et humanitate superior,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    si superior ceteris rebus esses,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
    (β).
    Absol.:

    ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:

    ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:

    premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,

    Liv. 22, 12, 12:

    cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,

    Vell. 2, 101, 1.
    III.
    Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
    A.
    sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
    B.
    sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
    1.
    Lit. (only poet.; cf.

    summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,

    the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,

    montes,

    Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:

    rupes,

    Sen. Oedip. 95:

    arx,

    Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:

    supremae Tethyos unda,

    Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
    (α).
    In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;

    sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:

    quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    supremo te sole domi manebo,

    at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:

    jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,

    last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:

    quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,

    Ov. M. 12, 526.—
    (β).
    In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:

    supremo vitae die,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:

    dies,

    id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:

    hora,

    Tib. 1, 1, 59:

    tempus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:

    incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,

    i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    mors,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:

    finis,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 12:

    iter,

    id. C. 2, 17, 11:

    lumen,

    Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,

    ore,

    id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:

    haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,

    Verg. A. 8, 583:

    Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,

    in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;

    supremis suis annis,

    in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:

    suprema ejus cura,

    id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:

    spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:

    funera,

    Ov. M. 3, 137:

    oscula,

    id. ib. 6, 278:

    tori,

    i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:

    ignis,

    id. Am. 1, 15, 41:

    ignes,

    id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:

    officia,

    Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,

    tabulae,

    Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:

    tituli,

    i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:

    Troiae sorte suprema,

    Verg. A. 5, 190:

    dies regnis,

    Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:

    animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,

    for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:

    anima exitura supremo,

    Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
    1.
    sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):

    ventum ad supremum est,

    Verg. A. 12, 803.—
    2.
    suprēma, orum, n.
    (α).
    The last moments, the close of life, death:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:

    statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,

    the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:

    circa suprema Neronis,

    the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
    (β).
    The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:

    supremis divi Augusti,

    Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:

    suprema ferre (sc. munera),

    Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
    (γ).
    A last will, testament:

    nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,

    Tac. A. 1, 8:

    miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,

    Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
    (δ).
    The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med.
    b.
    Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:

    multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,

    Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:

    macies,

    Verg. A. 3, 590:

    Juppiter supreme,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:

    med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,

    most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
    C.
    summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
    1.
    Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):

    summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,

    the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):

    summum jugum montis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 21:

    summus mons,

    the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:

    feriunt summos fulmina montes,

    the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:

    locus castrorum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 23:

    in summa sacra via,

    on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    in summa columna conlocare,

    id. Div. 1, 24, 48:

    quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    Janus summus ab imo,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:

    ad aquam summam appropinquare,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:

    in aqua summa natare,

    the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:

    apud summum puteum,

    id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:

    per summa volare aequora,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    summa cacumina linquunt,

    id. ib. 6, 678:

    mari summo,

    id. ib. 1, 110:

    prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,

    id. ib. 6, 357:

    summaque per galeam delibans oscula,

    id. ib. 12, 434:

    amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,

    Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:

    summam cutem novacula decerpito,

    Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:

    summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,

    I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:

    standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,

    a summo dare (bibere),

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
    b.
    summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:

    ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 26:

    qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:

    leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 30:

    igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,

    Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:

    puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:

    nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,

    Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:

    summa petere,

    Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
    2.
    Transf., of the voice:

    jubeo te salvere voce summa,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:

    citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,

    at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:

    vox (opp. ima),

    Quint. 11, 3, 15:

    summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:

    summo haec clamore,

    Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:

    exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,

    Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:

    bis, terve summum,

    id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:

    triduo aut summum quatriduo,

    id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):

    haec est praestituta summa argento dies,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,

    venit summa dies,

    Verg. A. 2, 324:

    ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:

    cum esset summa senectute,

    id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:

    in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,

    Luc. 2, 211:

    summo carmine,

    at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:

    eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,

    the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;

    quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,

    at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:

    nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,

    Albin. 1, 137. —
    b.
    Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):

    summi puerorum amores,

    Cic. Lael. 10, 33:

    spes civium,

    id. ib. 3, 11:

    fides, constantia justitiaque,

    id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:

    qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,

    id. ib. 6, 20:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:

    tres fratres summo loco nati,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    qui summo magistratui praeerat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:

    quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,

    id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:

    turpitudo,

    id. Lael. 17, 61:

    summum in cruciatum se venire,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    scelus,

    Sall. C. 12, 5:

    hiems,

    the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:

    cum aestas summa esse coeperat,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:

    ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:

    summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:

    optimi et summi viri diligentia,

    id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:

    summus Juppiter,

    id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:

    ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,

    id. Am. 1, 2, 6:

    miles summi inperatoris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:

    amicus summus,

    the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:

    nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:

    summa ducum Atrides,

    the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:

    summo rei publicae tempore,

    at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:

    in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,

    id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:

    summa salus rei publicae,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,

    res publica,

    id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:

    ad summam rem publicam,

    Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:

    quo res summa loco, Panthu?

    the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;

    ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,

    id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:

    quod me sollicitare summe solet,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:

    cupere aliquid,

    id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:

    contendere,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:

    diffidere,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:

    admirari,

    Quint. 10, 1, 70:

    summe jucundum,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:

    officiosi,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:

    summe disertus vir,

    Quint. 12, 1, 23:

    summe munitus locus,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:

    summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:

    mei summe observantissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suprema

  • 70 supremum

    sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:

    super inferque vicinus,

    Cato, R. R. 149, 1:

    totus super ignis,

    Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
    I.
    Posit.
    A.
    Adj.
    1.
    In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:

    at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:

    omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:

    ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    limen superum inferumque salve,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:

    portae Phrygiae limen,

    id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):

    carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:

    di,

    id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:

    spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:

    omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,

    Verg. A. 6, 788:

    supera ad convexa,

    to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):

    lumen,

    Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:

    domus deorum,

    Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;

    so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:

    de supero, quom huc accesserit,

    from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,

    ex supero,

    Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
    2.
    In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):

    supera de parte,

    i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:

    superas evadere ad auras,

    Verg. A. 6, 128:

    superum ad lumen ire,

    id. ib. 6, 680:

    aurae,

    Ov. M. 5, 641:

    orae,

    Verg. A. 2, 91:

    limen,

    id. ib. 6, 680.—
    B.
    Substt.
    1.
    Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
    (α).
    They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:

    multum fleti ad superos,

    i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:

    (Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,

    the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:

    ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,

    Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:

    epistula ad superos scripta,

    i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
    (β).
    (Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:

    quae Superi Manesque dabant,

    Verg. A. 10, 34:

    aspiciunt Superi mortalia,

    Ov. M. 13, 70:

    o Superi!

    id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;

    pro Superi,

    id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:

    terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,

    Verg. A. 1, 4:

    illa propago Contemptrix Superum,

    Ov. M. 1, 161:

    exemplo Superorum,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,

    Superorum,

    id. P. 1, 1, 43:

    postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,

    Verg. A. 3, 2:

    scilicet is Superis labor est,

    id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    flectere Superos,

    Verg. A. 7, 312:

    te per Superos... oro,

    id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
    2.
    sŭpĕra, orum, n.
    (α).
    The heavenly bodies:

    Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:

    cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,

    id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
    (β).
    Higher places (sc. loca):

    supera semper petunt,

    tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:

    (Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,

    the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
    II.
    Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
    A.
    Lit., of place, higher, upper:

    inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 46:

    dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?

    Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:

    in superiore qui habito cenaculo,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:

    tota domus superior vacat,

    the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:

    superior accumbere,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:

    de loco superiore dicere,

    i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:

    agere,

    i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;

    and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,

    id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,

    ex loco superiore,

    id. ib. 3, 4:

    loca,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 4;

    3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,

    id. B. C. 3, 98:

    qui in superiore acie constiterant,

    id. B. G. 1, 24:

    ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,

    i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:

    posteriori superius non jungitur,

    id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:

    superiores solis defectiones,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:

    quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,

    id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:

    refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 58:

    superioribus aestivis,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:

    superioribus temporibus,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:

    tempus (opp. posterius),

    id. Dom. 37, 99:

    tempora (opp. inferiora),

    Suet. Claud. 41:

    annus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:

    anno superiore,

    id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:

    superioris anni acta,

    Suet. Caes. 23:

    in superiore vita,

    Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:

    testimonium conveniens superiori facto,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:

    superius facinus novo scelere vincere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:

    superioris more crudelitatis uti,

    Nep. Thras. 3, 1:

    superius genus,

    mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:

    nuptiae,

    former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:

    vir,

    first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
    b.
    Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:

    omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 5:

    aetate superiores,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:

    superior Africanus,

    the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    Dionysius,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:

    quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,

    Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
    2.
    Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:

    Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65:

    numero superiores,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:

    hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,

    id. ib. 8, 19:

    se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,

    Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:

    semper discessit superior,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 2:

    si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,

    Sall. C. 39, 4:

    ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 15:

    multo superiores bello esse,

    Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:

    superiorem Appium in causa fecit,

    Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
    3.
    Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
    (α).
    With abl. respect.:

    pecuniis superiores,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:

    loco, fortuna, fama superiores,

    id. Lael. 25, 94:

    habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    ordine,

    id. ib. 13, 5, 2:

    facilitate et humanitate superior,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    si superior ceteris rebus esses,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
    (β).
    Absol.:

    ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:

    ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:

    premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,

    Liv. 22, 12, 12:

    cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,

    Vell. 2, 101, 1.
    III.
    Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
    A.
    sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
    B.
    sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
    1.
    Lit. (only poet.; cf.

    summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,

    the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,

    montes,

    Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:

    rupes,

    Sen. Oedip. 95:

    arx,

    Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:

    supremae Tethyos unda,

    Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
    (α).
    In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;

    sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:

    quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    supremo te sole domi manebo,

    at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:

    jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,

    last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:

    quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,

    Ov. M. 12, 526.—
    (β).
    In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:

    supremo vitae die,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:

    dies,

    id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:

    hora,

    Tib. 1, 1, 59:

    tempus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:

    incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,

    i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    mors,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:

    finis,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 12:

    iter,

    id. C. 2, 17, 11:

    lumen,

    Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,

    ore,

    id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:

    haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,

    Verg. A. 8, 583:

    Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,

    in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;

    supremis suis annis,

    in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:

    suprema ejus cura,

    id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:

    spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:

    funera,

    Ov. M. 3, 137:

    oscula,

    id. ib. 6, 278:

    tori,

    i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:

    ignis,

    id. Am. 1, 15, 41:

    ignes,

    id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:

    officia,

    Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,

    tabulae,

    Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:

    tituli,

    i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:

    Troiae sorte suprema,

    Verg. A. 5, 190:

    dies regnis,

    Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:

    animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,

    for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:

    anima exitura supremo,

    Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
    1.
    sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):

    ventum ad supremum est,

    Verg. A. 12, 803.—
    2.
    suprēma, orum, n.
    (α).
    The last moments, the close of life, death:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:

    statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,

    the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:

    circa suprema Neronis,

    the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
    (β).
    The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:

    supremis divi Augusti,

    Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:

    suprema ferre (sc. munera),

    Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
    (γ).
    A last will, testament:

    nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,

    Tac. A. 1, 8:

    miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,

    Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
    (δ).
    The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med.
    b.
    Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:

    multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,

    Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:

    macies,

    Verg. A. 3, 590:

    Juppiter supreme,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:

    med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,

    most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
    C.
    summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
    1.
    Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):

    summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,

    the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):

    summum jugum montis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 21:

    summus mons,

    the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:

    feriunt summos fulmina montes,

    the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:

    locus castrorum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 23:

    in summa sacra via,

    on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    in summa columna conlocare,

    id. Div. 1, 24, 48:

    quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    Janus summus ab imo,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:

    ad aquam summam appropinquare,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:

    in aqua summa natare,

    the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:

    apud summum puteum,

    id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:

    per summa volare aequora,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    summa cacumina linquunt,

    id. ib. 6, 678:

    mari summo,

    id. ib. 1, 110:

    prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,

    id. ib. 6, 357:

    summaque per galeam delibans oscula,

    id. ib. 12, 434:

    amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,

    Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:

    summam cutem novacula decerpito,

    Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:

    summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,

    I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:

    standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,

    a summo dare (bibere),

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
    b.
    summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:

    ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 26:

    qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:

    leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 30:

    igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,

    Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:

    puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:

    nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,

    Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:

    summa petere,

    Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
    2.
    Transf., of the voice:

    jubeo te salvere voce summa,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:

    citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,

    at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:

    vox (opp. ima),

    Quint. 11, 3, 15:

    summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:

    summo haec clamore,

    Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:

    exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,

    Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:

    bis, terve summum,

    id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:

    triduo aut summum quatriduo,

    id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):

    haec est praestituta summa argento dies,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,

    venit summa dies,

    Verg. A. 2, 324:

    ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:

    cum esset summa senectute,

    id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:

    in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,

    Luc. 2, 211:

    summo carmine,

    at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:

    eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,

    the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;

    quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,

    at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:

    nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,

    Albin. 1, 137. —
    b.
    Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):

    summi puerorum amores,

    Cic. Lael. 10, 33:

    spes civium,

    id. ib. 3, 11:

    fides, constantia justitiaque,

    id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:

    qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,

    id. ib. 6, 20:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:

    tres fratres summo loco nati,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    qui summo magistratui praeerat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:

    quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,

    id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:

    turpitudo,

    id. Lael. 17, 61:

    summum in cruciatum se venire,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    scelus,

    Sall. C. 12, 5:

    hiems,

    the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:

    cum aestas summa esse coeperat,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:

    ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:

    summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:

    optimi et summi viri diligentia,

    id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:

    summus Juppiter,

    id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:

    ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,

    id. Am. 1, 2, 6:

    miles summi inperatoris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:

    amicus summus,

    the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:

    nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:

    summa ducum Atrides,

    the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:

    summo rei publicae tempore,

    at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:

    in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,

    id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:

    summa salus rei publicae,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,

    res publica,

    id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:

    ad summam rem publicam,

    Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:

    quo res summa loco, Panthu?

    the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;

    ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,

    id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:

    quod me sollicitare summe solet,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:

    cupere aliquid,

    id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:

    contendere,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:

    diffidere,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:

    admirari,

    Quint. 10, 1, 70:

    summe jucundum,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:

    officiosi,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:

    summe disertus vir,

    Quint. 12, 1, 23:

    summe munitus locus,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:

    summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:

    mei summe observantissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > supremum

  • 71 supremus

    sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:

    super inferque vicinus,

    Cato, R. R. 149, 1:

    totus super ignis,

    Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
    I.
    Posit.
    A.
    Adj.
    1.
    In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:

    at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:

    omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:

    ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    limen superum inferumque salve,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:

    portae Phrygiae limen,

    id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):

    carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:

    di,

    id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:

    spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:

    omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,

    Verg. A. 6, 788:

    supera ad convexa,

    to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):

    lumen,

    Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:

    domus deorum,

    Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;

    so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:

    de supero, quom huc accesserit,

    from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,

    ex supero,

    Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
    2.
    In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):

    supera de parte,

    i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:

    superas evadere ad auras,

    Verg. A. 6, 128:

    superum ad lumen ire,

    id. ib. 6, 680:

    aurae,

    Ov. M. 5, 641:

    orae,

    Verg. A. 2, 91:

    limen,

    id. ib. 6, 680.—
    B.
    Substt.
    1.
    Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
    (α).
    They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:

    multum fleti ad superos,

    i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:

    (Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,

    the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:

    ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,

    Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:

    epistula ad superos scripta,

    i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
    (β).
    (Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:

    quae Superi Manesque dabant,

    Verg. A. 10, 34:

    aspiciunt Superi mortalia,

    Ov. M. 13, 70:

    o Superi!

    id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;

    pro Superi,

    id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:

    terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,

    Verg. A. 1, 4:

    illa propago Contemptrix Superum,

    Ov. M. 1, 161:

    exemplo Superorum,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,

    Superorum,

    id. P. 1, 1, 43:

    postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,

    Verg. A. 3, 2:

    scilicet is Superis labor est,

    id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:

    superis deorum Gratus et imis,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 19:

    flectere Superos,

    Verg. A. 7, 312:

    te per Superos... oro,

    id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
    2.
    sŭpĕra, orum, n.
    (α).
    The heavenly bodies:

    Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:

    cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,

    id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
    (β).
    Higher places (sc. loca):

    supera semper petunt,

    tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:

    (Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,

    the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
    II.
    Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
    A.
    Lit., of place, higher, upper:

    inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 46:

    dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?

    Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:

    in superiore qui habito cenaculo,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:

    tota domus superior vacat,

    the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:

    superior accumbere,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:

    de loco superiore dicere,

    i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:

    agere,

    i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;

    and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,

    id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,

    ex loco superiore,

    id. ib. 3, 4:

    loca,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 4;

    3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,

    id. B. C. 3, 98:

    qui in superiore acie constiterant,

    id. B. G. 1, 24:

    ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,

    i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:

    posteriori superius non jungitur,

    id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:

    superiores solis defectiones,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:

    quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,

    id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:

    refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 58:

    superioribus aestivis,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:

    superioribus temporibus,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:

    tempus (opp. posterius),

    id. Dom. 37, 99:

    tempora (opp. inferiora),

    Suet. Claud. 41:

    annus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:

    anno superiore,

    id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:

    superioris anni acta,

    Suet. Caes. 23:

    in superiore vita,

    Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:

    testimonium conveniens superiori facto,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:

    superius facinus novo scelere vincere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:

    superioris more crudelitatis uti,

    Nep. Thras. 3, 1:

    superius genus,

    mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:

    nuptiae,

    former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:

    vir,

    first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
    b.
    Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:

    omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 5:

    aetate superiores,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:

    superior Africanus,

    the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    Dionysius,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:

    quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,

    Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
    2.
    Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:

    Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65:

    numero superiores,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:

    hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,

    id. ib. 8, 19:

    se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,

    Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:

    semper discessit superior,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 2:

    si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,

    Sall. C. 39, 4:

    ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 15:

    multo superiores bello esse,

    Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:

    superiorem Appium in causa fecit,

    Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
    3.
    Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
    (α).
    With abl. respect.:

    pecuniis superiores,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:

    loco, fortuna, fama superiores,

    id. Lael. 25, 94:

    habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    ordine,

    id. ib. 13, 5, 2:

    facilitate et humanitate superior,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    si superior ceteris rebus esses,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
    (β).
    Absol.:

    ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:

    ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,

    id. Off. 1, 26, 90:

    invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:

    premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,

    Liv. 22, 12, 12:

    cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,

    Vell. 2, 101, 1.
    III.
    Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
    A.
    sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
    B.
    sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
    1.
    Lit. (only poet.; cf.

    summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,

    the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,

    montes,

    Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:

    rupes,

    Sen. Oedip. 95:

    arx,

    Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:

    supremae Tethyos unda,

    Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
    (α).
    In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;

    sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:

    quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    supremo te sole domi manebo,

    at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:

    jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,

    last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:

    quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,

    Ov. M. 12, 526.—
    (β).
    In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:

    supremo vitae die,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:

    dies,

    id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:

    hora,

    Tib. 1, 1, 59:

    tempus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:

    incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,

    i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    mors,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:

    finis,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 12:

    iter,

    id. C. 2, 17, 11:

    lumen,

    Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,

    ore,

    id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:

    haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,

    Verg. A. 8, 583:

    Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,

    in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;

    supremis suis annis,

    in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:

    suprema ejus cura,

    id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:

    spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:

    funera,

    Ov. M. 3, 137:

    oscula,

    id. ib. 6, 278:

    tori,

    i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:

    ignis,

    id. Am. 1, 15, 41:

    ignes,

    id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:

    officia,

    Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,

    tabulae,

    Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:

    tituli,

    i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:

    Troiae sorte suprema,

    Verg. A. 5, 190:

    dies regnis,

    Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:

    animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,

    for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:

    anima exitura supremo,

    Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
    1.
    sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):

    ventum ad supremum est,

    Verg. A. 12, 803.—
    2.
    suprēma, orum, n.
    (α).
    The last moments, the close of life, death:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:

    statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,

    the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:

    circa suprema Neronis,

    the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
    (β).
    The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:

    supremis divi Augusti,

    Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:

    suprema ferre (sc. munera),

    Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
    (γ).
    A last will, testament:

    nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,

    Tac. A. 1, 8:

    miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,

    Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
    (δ).
    The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med.
    b.
    Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:

    multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,

    Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:

    macies,

    Verg. A. 3, 590:

    Juppiter supreme,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:

    med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,

    most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
    C.
    summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
    1.
    Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):

    summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,

    the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):

    summum jugum montis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 21:

    summus mons,

    the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:

    feriunt summos fulmina montes,

    the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:

    locus castrorum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 23:

    in summa sacra via,

    on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    in summa columna conlocare,

    id. Div. 1, 24, 48:

    quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:

    Janus summus ab imo,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:

    ad aquam summam appropinquare,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:

    in aqua summa natare,

    the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:

    apud summum puteum,

    id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:

    per summa volare aequora,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    summa cacumina linquunt,

    id. ib. 6, 678:

    mari summo,

    id. ib. 1, 110:

    prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,

    id. ib. 6, 357:

    summaque per galeam delibans oscula,

    id. ib. 12, 434:

    amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,

    Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:

    summam cutem novacula decerpito,

    Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:

    summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,

    I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:

    standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,

    a summo dare (bibere),

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
    b.
    summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:

    ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 26:

    qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:

    leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 30:

    igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,

    Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:

    puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:

    nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,

    Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:

    summa petere,

    Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
    2.
    Transf., of the voice:

    jubeo te salvere voce summa,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:

    citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,

    at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:

    vox (opp. ima),

    Quint. 11, 3, 15:

    summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:

    summo haec clamore,

    Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:

    exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,

    Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:

    bis, terve summum,

    id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:

    triduo aut summum quatriduo,

    id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):

    haec est praestituta summa argento dies,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,

    venit summa dies,

    Verg. A. 2, 324:

    ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:

    cum esset summa senectute,

    id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:

    in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,

    Luc. 2, 211:

    summo carmine,

    at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:

    eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,

    the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;

    quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,

    at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:

    nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,

    Albin. 1, 137. —
    b.
    Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):

    summi puerorum amores,

    Cic. Lael. 10, 33:

    spes civium,

    id. ib. 3, 11:

    fides, constantia justitiaque,

    id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:

    qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,

    id. ib. 6, 20:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:

    tres fratres summo loco nati,

    id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:

    qui summo magistratui praeerat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:

    quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,

    id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:

    turpitudo,

    id. Lael. 17, 61:

    summum in cruciatum se venire,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    scelus,

    Sall. C. 12, 5:

    hiems,

    the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:

    cum aestas summa esse coeperat,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:

    ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:

    summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:

    optimi et summi viri diligentia,

    id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:

    summus Juppiter,

    id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:

    ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,

    id. Am. 1, 2, 6:

    miles summi inperatoris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:

    amicus summus,

    the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:

    nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:

    summa ducum Atrides,

    the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:

    summo rei publicae tempore,

    at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:

    in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,

    id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:

    summa salus rei publicae,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,

    res publica,

    id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:

    ad summam rem publicam,

    Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:

    quo res summa loco, Panthu?

    the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:

    non agam summo jure tecum,

    deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;

    ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,

    id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:

    quod me sollicitare summe solet,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:

    cupere aliquid,

    id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:

    contendere,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:

    diffidere,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:

    admirari,

    Quint. 10, 1, 70:

    summe jucundum,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:

    officiosi,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:

    summe disertus vir,

    Quint. 12, 1, 23:

    summe munitus locus,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:

    summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:

    mei summe observantissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > supremus

  • 72 καί

    καί conjunction (Hom.+), found most frequently by far of all Gk. particles in the NT; since it is not only used much more commonly here than in other Gk. lit. but oft. in a different sense, or rather in different circumstances, it contributes greatly to some of the distinctive coloring of the NT style.—HMcArthur, ΚΑΙ Frequency in Greek Letters, NTS 15, ’68/69, 339–49. The vivacious versatility of κ. (for earlier Gk. s. Denniston 289–327) can easily be depressed by the tr. ‘and’, whose repetition in a brief area of text lacks the support of arresting aspects of Gk. syntax.
    marker of connections, and
    single words
    α. gener. Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας Mt 13:55. χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν 2:11. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή Ro 7:12. πολυμερῶς κ. πολυτρόπως Hb 1:1. ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ God, who is also the Father 1 Cor 15:24; cp. 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; Js 1:27; 3:9 al.—Connects two occurrences of the same word for emphasis (OGI 90, 19 [196 B.C.] Ἑρμῆς ὁ μέγας κ. μέγας; pap in Mayser II/1, 54) μείζων κ. μείζων greater and greater Hv 4, 1, 6. ἔτι κ. ἔτι again and again B 21:4; Hs 2, 6 (B-D-F §493, 1; 2; s. Rob. 1200).
    β. w. numerals, w. the larger number first δέκα καὶ ὁκτώ Lk 13:16. τεσσεράκοντα κ. ἕξ J 2:20. τετρακόσιοι κ. πεντήκοντα Ac 13:20.—The καί in 2 Cor 13:1 ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα=‘or’ ([v.l. ἢ τριῶν for καὶ τριῶν as it reads Mt 18:16]; cp. Js 4:13 v.l. σήμερον καὶ αὔριον=‘today or tomorrow’, but s. above all Thu. 1, 82, 2; Pla., Phd. 63e; X., De Re Equ. 4, 4 ἁμάξας τέτταρας καὶ πέντε; Heraclides, Pol. 58 τρεῖς καὶ τέσσαρας; Polyb. 3, 51, 12 ἐπὶ δυεῖν καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις; 5, 90, 6; Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 28 εἷς καὶ δύο=one or two; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1091 p. 305, 22 W. τριέτης καὶ τετραέτης) by the statement of two or three witnesses every charge must be sustained, as explained by Dt 19:15.
    γ. adding the whole to the part and in general (Aristoph., Nub. 1239 τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς θεούς; Thu. 1, 116, 3; 7, 65, 1) Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Peter and the rest of the apostles Ac 5:29. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς κ. τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον the high priest and all the rest of the council Mt 26:59. Vice versa, adding a (specially important) part to the whole and especially (πᾶς Ἰουδὰ καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ 2 Ch 35:24; cp. 32, 33; 1 Macc 2:6) τοῖς μαθηταῖς κ. τῷ Πέτρῳ Mk 16:7. σὺν γυναιξὶ κ. Μαριάμ Ac 1:14.
    δ. The expr. connected by καί can be united in the form of a hendiadys (Alcaeus 117, 9f D.2 χρόνος καὶ καρπός=time of fruit; Soph., Aj. 144; 749; Polyb. 6, 9, 4; 6, 57, 5 ὑπεροχὴ καὶ δυναστεία=1, 2, 7; 5, 45, 1 ὑπεροχὴ τῆς δυναστείας; Diod S 5, 67, 3 πρὸς ἀνανέωσιν καὶ μνήμην=renewal of remembrance; 15, 63, 2 ἀνάγκη καὶ τύχη=compulsion of fate; 16, 93, 2 ἐπιβουλὴ κ. θάνατος=a fatal plot; Jos., Ant. 12, 98 μετὰ χαρᾶς κ. βοῆς=w. a joyful cry; 17, 82 ἀκρίβεια κ. φυλακή) ἐξίσταντο ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ they were amazed at his intelligent answers Lk 2:47. δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα κ. σοφίαν I will give you wise utterance 21:15. τροφὴ κ. εὐφροσύνη joy concerning (your) food Ac 14:17. ἐλπὶς κ. ἀνάστασις hope of a resurrection 23:6 (2 Macc 3:29 ἐλπὶς καὶ σωτηρία; s. OLagercrantz, ZNW 31, ’32, 86f; GBjörck, ConNeot 4, ’40, 1–4).
    ε. A colloquial feature is the coordination of two verbs, one of which should be a ptc. (s. B-D-F §471; Rob. 1135f) ἀποτολμᾷ κ. λέγει = ἀποτολμῶν λέγει he is so bold as to say Ro 10:20. ἔσκαψεν κ. ἐβάθυνεν (=βαθύνας) Lk 6:48. ἐκρύβη κ. ἐξῆλθεν (=ἐξελθών) J 8:59. Sim. χαίρων κ. βλέπων I am glad to see Col 2:5. Linking of subordinate clause and ptc. Μαριὰμ ὡς ἦλθεν … καὶ ἰδοῦσα J 11:32 v.l. Cp. παραλαβών … καὶ ἀνέβη Lk 9:28 v.l.
    clauses and sentences
    α. gener.: ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει κ. τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). εἰσῆλθον … κ. ἐδίδασκον Ac 5:21. διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ κ. συνάξει τὸν σῖτον Mt 3:12. κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία Ro 4:14 and very oft. Connecting two questions Mt 21:23, or quotations (e.g. Ac 1:20), and dialogue (Lk 21:8), or alternate possibilities (13:18).
    β. Another common feature is the practice, drawn fr. Hebrew or fr. the speech of everyday life, of using κ. as a connective where more discriminating usage would call for other particles: καὶ εἶδον καὶ (for ὅτι) σεισμὸς ἐγένετο Rv 6:12. καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς … καὶ (for ὅτι) ἔλεγον and the king learned that they were saying Mk 6:14 (s. HLjungvik, ZNW 33, ’34, 90–92; on this JBlinzler, Philol. 96, ’43/44, 119–31). τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (for οὗ τὸ ὄνομα καλ.) Mt 1:21; cp. Lk 6:6; 11:44. καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι καὶ ποιήσωμεν σκηνάς Mk 9:5. Esp. freq. is the formula in historical narrative καὶ ἐγένετο … καὶ (like וַ … וַיְהִי) and it happened or came about … that Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15; Lk 5:1 v.l. (for ἐγένετο δὲ … καὶ; so also the text of 6:12), 12, 17; 14:1; 17:11 al. (Gen 7:10 al.; JosAs 11:1; 22:1). S. MJohannessohn, Das bibl. Καὶ ἐγένετο u. seine Geschichte, 1926 (fr. ZVS 35, 1925, 161–212); KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 29–62; Mlt-Turner 334f; ÉDelebecque, Études Grecques sur L’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65; JVoelz, The Language of the NT: ANRW II/25/2, 893–977, esp. 959–64.—As in popular speech, κ. is used in rapid succession Mt 14:9ff; Mk 1:12ff; Lk 18:32ff; J 2:13ff; 1 Cor 12:5f; Rv 6:12ff; 9:1ff. On this kind of colloquial speech, which joins independent clauses rather than subordinating one to the other (parataxis rather than hypotaxis) s. B-D-F §458; Rdm.2 p. 222; Rob. 426; Dssm., LO 105ff (LAE 129ff), w. many references and parallels fr. secular sources. This is a favorite, e.g., in Polyaenus 2, 3, 2–4; 2, 4, 3; 3, 9, 10; 3, 10, 2; 4, 6, 1; 7, 36 al.
    γ. It is also coordination rather than subordination when κ. connects an expr. of time with that which occurs in the time (Od. 5, 362; Hdt. 7, 217; Thu. 1, 50, 5; Pla., Symp. 220c; Aeschin. 3, 71 νὺξ ἐν μέσῳ καὶ παρῆμεν; s. B-D-F §442, 4; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griechische Gramm. 1913, 640*): ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα κ. παραδίδοται the time has come when he is to be given up Mt 26:45. κ. ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν when they crucified him Mk 15:25. κ. ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα when he went up to Jerusalem J 2:13. κ. συντελέσω when I will make Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31); cp. J 4:35; 7:33; Lk 19:43; 23:44; Ac 5:7.
    δ. καί introducing an apodosis is really due to Hebr./LXX infl. (B-D-F §442, 7; Abel §78a, 6 p. 341; Mlt-H. 422; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 66–72; but not offensive to ears trained in good Gk.: s. Il. 1, 478; Hdt. 1, 79, 2; sim.Thu. 2, 93, 4 ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐχώρουν εὐθύς; 8, 27, 5; Herm. Wr. 13, 1 …, καὶ ἔφης; Delebecque [s. above in β] 130–32) καὶ ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ …, κ. ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 3:20. Also κ. ἰδού in an apodosis Lk 7:12; Ac 1:10.
    ε. connecting negative and affirmative clauses Lk 3:14. οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις κ. τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ you have no bucket, and the well is deep J 4:11; cp. 3J 10 (οὔτε … καί Eur., Iph. Taur. 591f; Longus, Past. 1, 17; 4, 28; Aelian, NA 1, 57; 11, 9; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 2, 4 οὔτε πάντα ἡ Λεσβία, Δωρί, πρὸς σὲ ἐψεύσατο καὶ σὺ τἀληθῆ ἀπήγγελκας Μυρτίῳ ‘It wasn’t all lies that Lesbia told you, Doris; and you certainly reported the truth to Myrtium’). After a negative clause, which influences the clause beginning w. καί: μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν … κ. στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς Mt 7:6; cp. 5:25; 10:38; 13:15 (Is 6:10); 27:64; Lk 12:58; 21:34; J 6:53; 12:40 (Is 6:10); Ac 28:27 (Is 6:10); 1 Th 3:5; Hb 12:15; Rv 16:15.
    ζ. to introduce a result that comes fr. what precedes: and then, and so Mt 5:15; 23:32; Mk 8:34; 2 Cor 11:9; Hb 3:19; 1J 3:19. καὶ ἔχομεν and so we have 2 Pt 1:19. Esp. after the impv., or expr. of an imperatival nature (Soph., Oed. Col. 1410ff θέσθε … καὶ … οἴσει, El. 1207; Sir 2:6; 3:17) δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου καὶ ποιήσω and then I will make Mt 4:19. εἰπὲ λόγῳ, κ. ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου speak the word, and then my servant will be cured Mt 8:8; Lk 7:7; cp. Mt 7:7; Mk 6:22; Lk 10:28; J 14:16; Js 4:7, 10; Rv 4:1.—καί introduces a short clause that confirms the existence of someth. that ought to be: ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καὶ ἐσμέν that we should be called children of God; and so we really are (καλέω 1d) 1J 3:1 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 40 §161 they were to conquer Sardinia, καὶ κατέλαβον=and they really took it; 4, 127 §531 one day would decide [κρίνειν] the fate of Rome, καὶ ἐκρίθη).
    η. emphasizing a fact as surprising or unexpected or noteworthy: and yet, and in spite of that, nevertheless (Eur., Herc. Fur. 509; Philostrat., Her. 11 [II 184, 29 Kayser] ῥητορικώτατον καὶ δεινόν; Longus, Past. 4, 17 βουκόλος ἦν Ἀγχίσης καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτὸν Ἀφροδίτη) κ. σὺ ἔρχῃ πρὸς μέ; and yet you come to me? Mt 3:14; cp. 6:26; 10:29; Mk 12:12; J 1:5, 10; 3:11, 32; 5:40; 6:70; 7:28; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:9; Hb 3:9 (Ps 94:9); Rv 3:1. So also, connecting what is unexpected or otherw. noteworthy with an attempt of some kind (JBlomqvist, Das sogennante και adversativum ’79): but ζητεῖ κ. οὐχ εὑρίσκει but he finds none (no resting place) Mt 12:43. ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν κ. οὐχ εἶδαν but did not see (it) 13:17; cp. 26:60; Lk 13:7; 1 Th 2:18. Cp. GJs 18:3 (not pap). Perhaps Mk 5:20. Introducing a contrasting response καὶ ἀποδώσεις μοι Hv 2, 1, 3.
    θ. to introduce an abrupt question, which may often express wonder, ill-will, incredulity, etc. (B-D-F §442, 8. For older lit. exx. of this usage s. Kühner-G. II p. 247f; for later times EColwell, The Gk. of the Fourth Gospel ’31, 87f): κ. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο; how have I deserved this? Lk 1:43. κ. τίς; who then? Mk 10:26; Lk 10:29; J 9:36. καὶ τί γέγονεν ὅτι … ; how does it happen that … ? 14:22. καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις … ; how is it, then, that you say … J 14:9 v.l. W. a protasis εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, κ. τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με; for if I make you sad, who then will cheer me up? 2 Cor 2:2 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 43; 44 εἰ [ὁ θεὸς] ψεύδεται, καὶ τίς ἀληθεύει;). Thus Phil 1:22 is prob. to be punctuated as follows (s. ADebrunner, GGA 1926, 151): εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτο μοι καρπὸς ἔργου, καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι; οὐ γνωρίζω but if living on here means further productive work, then which shall I choose? I really don’t know. καὶ πῶς αὐτοῦ υἱός ἐστιν; how, then, is he his son? Lk 20:44 (cp. Gen 39:9).
    ι. to introduce a parenthesis (Eur., Orest. 4, Hel. 393; X., Equ. 11, 2.—B-D-F §465, 1; Rob. 1182) κ. ἐκωλύθην ἄρχι τοῦ δεῦρο but so far I have been prevented Ro 1:13.
    oft. explicative; i.e., a word or clause is connected by means of καί w. another word or clause, for the purpose of explaining what goes before it and so, that is, namely (PPetr II, 18 [1], 9 πληγὰς … καὶ πλείους=blows … indeed many of them.—Kühner-G. II 247; B-D-F §442, 9; Rob. 1181; Mlt-Turner 335) χάριν κ. ἀποστολήν grace, that is, the office of an apostle Ro 1:5. ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα καὶ τὰ τ. δαιμονιζομένων they told everything, namely what had happened to those who were possessed Mt 8:33. καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος that is, grace upon grace J 1:16. Cp. 1 Cor 3:5; 15:38.—Mt 21:5.—Other explicative uses are καὶ οὗτος, καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ ταῦτα (the first and last are in earlier Gk.: Hdt., X. et al.; s. Kühner-G. I 647; II 247) and, also ascensive and indeed, and at that Ἰ. Χρ., καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον J. Chr., (and) indeed him on the cross 1 Cor 2:2. καὶ τοῦτο Ro 13:11; 1 Cor 6:6, 8; Eph 2:8. καὶ ταῦτα w. ptc. and to be sure Hb 11:12. See B-D-F §290, 5; 425, 1; 442, 9.—The ascensive force of καί is also plain in Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον a Roman citizen, and uncondemned at that Ac 22:25. ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν an hour is coming, indeed it is already here J 5:25. προσέθηκεν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν καὶ κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ added this on top of everything else, namely to put John in prison Lk 3:20.
    After πολύς and before a second adj. καί is pleonastic fr. the viewpoint of modern lang. (earlier Gk.: Hom. et al. [Kühner-G. II 252, 1]; cp. Cebes 1, 1 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα ἀναθήματα; 2, 3; B-D-F §442, 11) πολλὰ … κ. ἄλλα σημεῖα many other signs J 20:30 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 318). πολλὰ κ. βαρέα αἰτιώματα many severe charges Ac 25:7. πολλὰ … καὶ ἕτερα Lk 3:18 (cp. Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 6 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα). πολλοὶ καὶ ἀνυπότακτοι Tit 1:10.
    introducing someth. new, w. loose connection: Mt 4:23; 8:14, 23, 28; 9:1, 9, 27, 35; 10:1; 12:27; Mk 5:1, 21; Lk 8:26; J 1:19 and oft.
    καί … καί both … and, not only …, but also (Synes., Dreams 10 p. 141b καὶ ἀπιστεῖν ἔξεστι καὶ πιστεύειν.—B-D-F §444, 3; Rob. 1182; Mlt-Turner 335) connecting single expressions Mt 10:28; Mk 4:41; Ro 11:33; Phil 2:13; 4:12. κ. ἐν ὀλίγῳ κ. ἐν μεγάλῳ Ac 26:29. κ. ἅπαξ κ. δίς (s. ἅπαξ 1) Phil 4:16; 1 Th 2:18. Connecting whole clauses or sentences: Mk 9:13; J 7:28; 9:37; 12:28; 1 Cor 1:22. Introducing contrasts: although … yet (Anthol. VII, 676 Δοῦλος Ἐπίκτητος γενόμην καὶ σῶμʼ ἀνάπηρος καὶ πενίην ῏Ιρος καὶ φίλος ἀθανάτοις ‘I was Epictetus, a slave; crippled in body and an Iros [a beggar in Hom., Od.] in poverty, but dear to the Immortals’) J 15:24; Ac 23:3. καὶ … κ. οὐ Lk 5:36; J 6:36. καὶ οὐ … καί 17:25; κ. … κ. now … now Mk 9:22. On τὲ … καί s. τέ 2c. Somet. w. ἤ q.v. 1aβ.—HCadbury, Superfluous καί in the Lord’s Prayer (i.e. Mt 6:12) and Elsewhere: Munera Studiosa (=WHatch Festschr.) ’46.
    marker to indicate an additive relation that is not coordinate to connect clauses and sentences, also, likewise, funct. as an adv.
    simply κ. τὴν ἄλλην the other one also Mt 5:39; cp. vs. 40; 6:21; 12:45; Mk 1:38; 2:26; 8:7 and oft. Freq. used w. pronouns κἀγώ (q.v.). καὶ σύ Mt 26:73. κ. ὑμεῖς 20:4, 7; Lk 21:31; J 7:47 and oft. κ. αὐτός (s. αὐτός 1f).
    intensive: even Mt 5:46f; 10:30; Mk 1:27; Lk 10:17; J 14:9 v.l.; Ac 5:39; 22:28; Ro 9:24 (ἀλλὰ καί); 1 Cor 2:10; 2 Cor 1:8; Gal 2:17; Eph 5:12; Phlm 21; Hb 7:25; 1 Pt 4:19 (but s. d below); Jd 23; Hs 5, 2, 10; 7:1; ἔτι καὶ νῦν Dg 2:3. CBlackman, JBL 87, ’68, 203f would transl. Ro 3:26b: even in the act of declaring righteous (cp. the gen. abs. Polemon Soph. B 14 Reader καὶ Δάτιδος ἀποπλέοντος=even though Datis was sailing away). In formulas expressing a wish: ὄφελον καί if only, would that Gal 5:12. In connection w. a comparative: κ. περισσότερον προφήτου one who is even more than a prophet Mt 11:9. κ. μείζονα ποιήσει J 14:12.
    In sentences denoting a contrast καί appears in var. ways, somet. in both members of the comparison, and oft. pleonastically, to our way of thinking καθάπερ …, οὕτως καί as …, thus also 2 Cor 8:11. ὥσπερ …, οὕτως καί (Hyperid. 1, 2, 5–8) Ro 5:19; 11:30f; 1 Cor 11:12; 15:22; Gal 4:29. ὡς …, οὕτως καί Ro 5:15, 18. ὸ̔ν τρόπον …, οὕτως καί 2 Ti 3:8.—οὕτως καί thus also Ro 6:11. ὡσαύτως καί in the same way also 1 Cor 11:25. ὁμοίως καί (Jos., Bell. 2, 575) J 6:11; Jd 8. ὡς καί Ac 11:17; 1 Cor 7:7; 9:5. καθὼς καί Ro 15:7; 1 Cor 13:12; 2 Cor 1:14; Eph 4:17. καθάπερ καί Ro 4:6; 2 Cor 1:14.—καί can also stand alone in the second member w. the mng. so also, so. ὡς … καί Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20. καθὼς … καί Lk 6:31 v.l.; J 6:57; 13:15; 1 Cor 15:49.—οἷος …, τοιοῦτος καί 1 Cor 15:48. After a comp. ὅσῳ καί by so much also Hb 8:6. καί is found in both members of the comparison (s. Kühner-G. II 256; 2 Macc 2:10; 6:14) Ro 1:13; 1 Th 2:14. καθὼς καὶ … οὕτως καί Col 3:13 (cp. Hyperid. 1, 40, 20–25 ὥσπερ καὶ … οὕτω καί; 3, 38).
    w. expressions that introduce cause or result, here also pleonastic to a considerable degree διὰ τοῦτο καί for this reason (also) Lk 11:49; J 12:18. διὸ καί Lk 1:35; Ac 10:29; Ro 4:22; Hb 13:12. εἰς τοῦτο καί 2 Cor 2:9. ὥστε καί 1 Pt 4:19 (but this pass. may well fit in b). ὅθεν καί Hb 7:25; 11:19.
    after an interrogative (as Thu., X., et al.; s. Kühner-G. II 255. S. also B-D-F §442, 14) at all, still ἱνατί καὶ τ. γῆν καταργεῖ; Lk 13:7. τί καί; (Hyperid. 3, 14 τί καὶ ἀδικεῖ; what kind of wrong, then, is he committing?) τί καὶ ἐλπίζει; why does he still (need to) hope? Ro 8:24. v.l. τί καὶ βαπτίζονται; why are they baptized (at all)? 1 Cor 15:29; cp. vs. 30.
    used w. a relative, it oft. gives greater independence to the foll. relative clause: Mk 3:14; Lk 10:30; J 11:2 v.l.; Ac 1:3, 11; 7:45; 10:39; 11:30; 12:4; 13:22; 28:10; Ro 9:24; 1 Cor 11:23; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29 al.
    used pleonastically w. prep.
    α. μετά (BGU 412, 6 μετὰ καὶ τ. υἱοῦ) Phil 4:3.
    β. σύν (ins in PASA III 612; PFay 108; BGU 179, 19; 515, 17) 1 Cl 65:1.—Dssm., NB 93 (BS 265f).
    w. double names ὁ καί who is also called … (the earliest ex. in a fragment of Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 15, 51 p. 469, 23 Jac. ῏Ωχος καὶ Δαρειαῖος [s. Hatch 141]; OGI 565; 574; 583; 589; 603; 604; 620; 623; 636; POxy 45; 46; 54; 101; 485; 1279; PFay 30; BGU 22, 25; 36, 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 240; 5, 85; 12, 285; 13, 320; 18, 35. Further material in WSchmid, Der Atticismus III 1893, 338; Dssm., B 181ff [BS 313–17]. Lit. in B-D-F §268, 1) Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9. Ἰγνάτιος, ὁ καὶ Θεοφόρος ins of all the letters of Ign.
    with other particles
    α. καὶ γάρ for (s. γάρ 1b).—καὶ γὰρ … ἀλλά (or granted that … but) 2 Cor 13:4; Phil 2:27.—καὶ γὰρ οὐ(κ): neither 1 Cor 11:9; for even … not 2 Cor 3:10.
    β. καί γε (without intervening word [opp. earlier Gk, e.g. Pla., Phd. 58d; Rep. 7, 531a]: Hippocr., Septim. 9, VII 450 Littré; Cornutus p. 40, 12; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; Rhetor Apsines [III A.D.] p. 332, 17 Hammer; TestReub 4:4 al.; for גָּם always in Theod. [DBarthélemy, Les devanciers d’Aquila ’63, 31ff]), weakened force: (if) only or at least Lk 19:42 v.l.; intensive: indeed (Jos. Ant 29, 19) Ac 2:18 (J 3:2 v.l.; Mel., P. 30, 207); Hm 8:5; 9:9. καί γε οὐ μακράν= and indeed God is not far Ac 17:27.—Kühner-G. II 176b; Schwyzer II 561; B-D-F §439, 2; Rdm.2 35–37.
    γ. καὶ … δέ and also, but also (s. δέ 5b).
    δ. καίτοι (Il. 13, 267 et al., ins, pap; 4 Macc 2:6; 5:18; 7:13; Ath. 8, 1 al.; Mel., P. 58, 422) particle (B-D-F §425, 1; 450, 3; Rob. 1129 and 1154) w. finite verb (Chion, Ep. 3, 1; Jos. Ant. 5, 78) yet, on the other hand Ac 14:17. W. gen. abs. foll. (BGU 850, 4 [76 A.D.] καίτοι ἐμοῦ σε πολλὰ ἐρωτήσαντος; 898, 26; Philo, Vi. Mos. 1, 20; Jos., Ant. 2, 321; Ath. 19, 2; 25, 2) Hb 4:3.—καίτοι γε or καί τοι γε (since Aristoph., Ach. 611; but esp. in later Gk. [cp. Schwyzer II 561; MMeister, De Aiocho dial., Breslau diss. 1915 p. 31, 5]; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 364b; Jos., Bell. 1, 7, Ant. 5, 36; Epict. 3, 24, 90; Just., A II, 11, 2; D. 7, 3; Ath. 3, 1; 22, 7; SIG 685, 76 and 82 [139 B.C.]) although J 4:2; Ac 14:17 v.l.; Dg 8:3. W. part. foll. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 230; Mel., P. 58, 422) AcPt Ox 849, 18.—Kühner-G. II 151f; B-D-F §439, 1; 450, 3.—For ἀλλὰ κ., δὲ και, ἐὰν κ., εἰ κ., ἢ κ. s. ἀλλά, δέ, ἐάν, εἰ, ἤ.—ERobson, KAI-Configurations in the Gk. NT, 3 vols. diss. Syracuse ’79. LfgrE s.v. καί col. 1273f (lit.). DELG. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καί

  • 73 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    marker of hostile opposition, against
    w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 74 TUNGA

    * * *
    (gen. pl. tungna), f.
    1) tongue; skœðar tungur, evil tongues; hafa tungu fyrir e-m, to have a tongue for a person, be the spokesman; gæti hann, að honum vefist eigi tungan um höfuð, let him take heed that his tongue do not twist a noose for his own neck;
    2) tongue, language (þá skiptust tungur í Englandi, er Vilhjálmr bastarðr vann England); dönsk t., the Danish (Norse) tongue;
    3) tongue of land (Ö. nam tungu alla milli Hvítar ok Reykjadalsár).
    * * *
    u, f., gen. pl. tungna; [Goth. tuggo; common to all Teut. languages; cp. Lat. lingua]:—a tongue, Sól. 44, Grág. ii 11, passim: metaph. usages, hraðmælt tunga, Hm. 28; skæðar tungur, evil tongues, Nj. 264; hafa tungu fyrir e-m, to have tongue for a person, be the spokesman, Fms. vi. 223; harðr í tungu, Hallfred; skáldskapr var honum svá tiltækr, at hann kvað af tungu fram sem annað mál, Ó. H. 171; hann sá eld mikinn í tungna líkjum, Hom. 91; lof-tunga, ‘praise-tongue,’ flatterer, a nickname.
    2. sayings; tunga er höfuðs-bani, ‘tongue is head’s bane,’ is the ruin of a man, Hm. 72; e-t leikr á tveim tungum, N. G. L. i. 211 (see leika II. 4); tungan leikr við tanna sar, the tongue touches sores of the teeth, Mkv.; hann hefir tönn og tungu á öllu, of a ready tongue; gæti hann, at honum vefisk eigi tungan um hófuð, let him beware lest his tongue winds round his head, i. e. let him beware of loose talk, (a long tongue being = inconsiderate tongue that works evil), Nj. 160, Þorst. Síðu H. 178; also, e-m vefsk tunga um tönn, to be disconcerted: a person endowed with poetical gifts is believed to have a tongue longer than other men (the tongue-tip reaching to the nostrils), Ísl. Þjóðs. ii. 557; to this refers the legend of Hallbjörn hali, síðan togar hann á honum tunguna, ok kvað vísu þessa, then be stretched his tongue and said, Fb. i. 215; on the other hand, of words spoken in an evil hour, it is said that fiends have stretched (pulled) a man’s tongue, troll toga tungu ór höfði e-m (see troll): in nursery talk, swearing is said to leave a black spot on the tongue, blótaðu ekki, það kemr svartr blettr á tunguna á þér!
    II. a tongue, language; Dönsk tunga, the Danish (Norse) tongue, see Danskr; tungan er vér köllum Norrænu, Fms. xi. 412; vitr maðr ok kunni margar tungur, 298; þar eru tungur sjau ok tuttugu, 414; hverega tungu er maðr skal ríta annarrar tungu stöfum, þá verðr sumra stafa vant, af því at eigi finnsk þat hljóð í tungunni sem stafirnir hafa þeir er af ganga, … nú eptir þeirra dæmum, alls vér erum einnar tungu, … or vóru teknir þeir (stafir) er eigi gegna atkvæðum várrar tungu, Thorodd; ein var þá tunga á Englandi, sem í Noregi ok í Danmörku, en þá skiptusk tungur í Englandi er Vilhjálmr bastarðr vann England, Ísl. ii. 221; Danskir, Sœnskir eða Norrænir ór þeirra konunga veldi þriggja er vár tunga er … af öllum tungum öðrum enn af Danskri tungu, Grág. ii. 72; tungna-grein, tungna-skipti, division of tongues, Stj.
    III. metaph. of tongue-formed things, a tongue of land at the meeting of two rivers (= Gr. μεσοποταμία); í tungu einni milli gilja tveggja, Valla L. 223, Sd. 141; Önundr nam tungu alla milli Hvítár ok Reykjadalsár, Landn. 60; frá Flókadalsár-ósi til Reykja-dalsár-óss, ok tungu þá alla er þar var á milli, Eg. 186; very freq. in Icel, local names, Tunga, Tungur, Tungna-jökull, Tungna-fell, Tungu-á, Tungu-heiðr, Hróars-tunga, Biskups-tungur, Stafholts-tungur, Skaptár-tunga, Landn., map of Icel.: Tungu-goði, a, m. a nickname: Tungu-menn, m. pl. men from T., Landn., Sturl.
    2. the tongue of a balance, in tungu-pundari; in the poets, a sword is slíðr-tunga, hjalta-tunga, slither-tongue, hilt-tongue, and the like, Lex. Poët.
    B. COMPDS: tungubragð, tungufimi, tunguhapt, tunguhvass, tungulauss, tungumjúkr, tunguníð, tungupundari, tungurætr, tungnaskipti, tunguskorinn, tunguskæði, tunguskæðr, tungusnjallr, tungusótt, tungusætr, tunguvarp.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > TUNGA

  • 75 staan

    [met betrekking tot personen, dieren] stand
    [op steunpunten rusten] stand
    [in een toestand, hoedanigheid zijn] standbe
    [passen, kleden] look
    [opgetekend, gedrukt zijn] say be written
    [weldra zullen] be ready/about to
    [gericht zijn] be
    [bij voortduring met iets bezig zijn] standbe
    [geëist worden] carry
    10 [stilstaan] stand still
    11 [onaangeroerd zijn] leave stand
    12 [functie, standplaats hebben] be (employed)
    voorbeelden:
    1   ga er maar aan staan! (you) just go ahead and try!; dat is niet eenvoudig that's no easy matter
         gaan staan stand up
         achter/naast elkaar gaan staan ook queue/line up
         ergens onverwacht voor komen te staan come up against something unexpectedly
         iemand terzijde staan help/support someone
         achter iemand staan stand/be behind someone; figuurlijk ook back someone (up)
         kom bij me staan! come stand beside me
         figuurlijkwaar sta jij in deze zaak? where do you stand in this?
         op zijn remmen staan slam on the brakes
         die gebeurtenis staat geheel op zichzelf that is an isolated incident
         figuurlijkvoor zijn principes staan stick to one's principles
         ergens alleen voor staan figuurlijk be all on one's own
         figuurlijkvoor een probleem staan be faced with/face a problem
    2   iets staande houden stand by something
         hiermee staat of valt de zaak this will make or break the business
    3   hoe staat de barometer? what does the barometer say/read?
         hoe staat het pond? how high is the pound?
         zó staat die zaak that's how the matter stands
         hoe staan de zaken? how are things?
         alleen staan be alone
         bekend staan als be known as
         hoe staat het ermee? how's it going?, how are things?
         er goed bij staan be doing well
         er goed voor staan look good
         hiertegenover staat echter dat … on the other hand, however, …
         zij staan sterk they are in a strong position
         zijn ogen staan wazig he has a hazy look in his eyes
         boven iemand staan be above someone
         buiten iets staan not be involved in something
         in zijn twee staan be in second (gear)
         in de grondverf staan have an undercoat on
         muziekdit stuk staat in g kleine terts this piece is in G minor
         in de schuld staan be in debt
         hoe staat het met de gezondheid? how is your health?
         onder iemand staan be under someone
         de verwarming staat op 18° the heating is at 18 degrees
         de snelheidsmeter stond op 80 the speedometer showed 80
         ergens ambivalent tegenover staan be ambivalent about something
         ergens positief tegenover staan think something is a good thing
         7 staat tot 14 als 8 staat tot 16 7 is to 14 as 8 is to 16
         zij staat derde in het algemeen klassement she is third in the overall ranking
         wie staat er nummer één? who is number one?
         zoals de zaken nu staan as things now stand
    4   pregnantdat stáát niet that looks absurd/ridiculous; ongepast that's not done
         die kleur staat er niet bij that colour clashes
         dat kapsel staat u goed that hairstyle suits you
         die jas staat netjes that jacket looks smart
    5   geld op de bank hebben staan have money in the bank
         er staat geschreven it is written, it says in the Bible
         er staat niet bij wanneer it doesn't say when
         het staat niet in Van Dale/in de krant it's not in Van Dale/the paper
         wat staat er in de krant over Thatcher? what does it say in the paper about Thatcher?
         het staat in de wet the law says so
         in de tekst staat daar niets over the text doesn't say anything about it
         er stond een waarschuwing op there was a warning on it
         wat staat er op het programma? what's on the programme?
         i.e. staat voor id est i.e. stands for id est
         er staat nog 100 pond (schuld) there is still £100 outstanding
    6   op trouwen staan be about to get married
    7   de zon staat 's middags op deze kamer this room gets the midday sun
    8   verlegen/raar staan (te) kijken feel embarrassed/strange
         ergens van staan (te) kijken be flabbergasted
         ze staat al een uur te wachten she has been waiting (for) an hour
         koud staan (te) worden be getting cold
    9   er staat 10 jaar gevangenisstraf op it carries a 10-year jail sentence
         er staat een hoge beloning op zijn hoofd there's/he's got a high price on his head
    10  blijven staan stand still
         de vijand tot staan brengen stop the enemy
         sta of ik schiet! stop or I'll shoot
    11  laat maar staan just leave it (alone/there)
         laat staan dat … not to mention (that) …
         hij kon nauwelijks spreken, laat staan zingen he could barely speak, let alone sing
         zijn eten laten staan leave one's food
         zijn baard laten staan grow a beard
         pregnantde alcohol laten staan not touch alcohol
         hij liet nog wat op zijn rekening staan he left some money in his account
         er staat nog wat van gisteren there is some left over from yesterday
    12  voor de klas staan teach
    13  Jan staat erop dat dit goed gebeurt Jan insists that this be done properly
         hij staat op goede manieren he insists upon good manners
    ¶   dat staat nog te bewijzen that is yet to be proved
         er staat ons heel wat te doen there is a whole lot (waiting) to be done
         dat komt ons duur te staan ook figuurlijk that is going to cost us
         er staat hem wat te wachten there is something in store for him

    Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > staan

  • 76 Wright, Wilbur

    SUBJECT AREA: Aerospace
    [br]
    b. 16 April 1867 Millville, Indiana, USA
    d. 30 May 1912 Dayton, Ohio, USA
    [br]
    American co-inventor, with his brother Orville Wright (b. 19 August 1871 Dayton, Ohio, USA; d. 30 January 1948 Dayton, Ohio, USA), of the first powered aeroplane capable of sustained, controlled flight.
    [br]
    Wilbur and Orville designed and built bicycles in Dayton, Ohio. In the 1890s they developed an interest in flying which led them to study the experiments of gliding pioneers such as Otto Lilienthal in Germany, and their fellow American Octave Chanute. The Wrights were very methodical and tackled the many problems stage by stage. First, they developed a method of controlling a glider using movable control surfaces, instead of weight-shifting as used in the early hand-gliders. They built a wind tunnel to test their wing sections and by 1902 they had produced a controllable glider. Next they needed a petrol engine, and when they could not find one to suit their needs they designed and built one themselves.
    On 17 December 1903 their Flyer was ready and Orville made the first short flight of 12 seconds; Wilbur followed with a 59-second flight covering 853 ft (260 m). An improved design, Flyer II, followed in 1904 and made about eighty flights, including circuits and simple ma-noeuvres. In 1905 Flyer III made several long flights, including one of 38 minutes covering 24½ miles (39 km). Most of the Wrights' flying was carried out in secret to protect their patents, so their achievements received little publicity. For a period of two and a half years they did not fly, but they worked to improve their Flyer and to negotiate terms for the sale of their invention to various governments and commercial syndi-cates.
    In 1908 the Wright Model A appeared, and when Wilbur demonstrated it in France he astounded the European aviators by making several flights lasting more than one hour and one of 2 hours 20 minutes. Considerable numbers of the Model A were built, but the European designers rapidly caught up and overtook the Wrights. The Wright brothers became involved in several legal battles to protect their patents: one of these, with Glenn Curtiss, went on for many years. Wilbur died of typhoid fever in 1912. Orville sold his interest in the Wright Company in 1915, but retained an interest in aeronautical research and lived on to see an aeroplane fly faster than the speed of sound.
    [br]
    Principal Honours and Distinctions
    Royal Aeronautical Society (London) Gold Medal (awarded to both Wilbur and Orville) May 1909. Medals from the Aero Club of America, Congress, Ohio State and the City of Dayton.
    Bibliography
    1951, Miracle at Kitty Hawk. The Letters of Wilbur \& Orville Wright, ed. F.C.Kelly, New York.
    1953, The Papers of Wilbur and Orville Wright, ed. Marvin W.McFarland, 2 vols, New York.
    Orville Wright, 1953, How We Invented the Aeroplane, ed. F.C.Kelly, New York.
    Further Reading
    A.G.Renstrom, 1968, Wilbur \& Orville Wright. A Bibliography, Washington, DC (with 2,055 entries).
    C.H.Gibbs-Smith, 1963, The Wright Brothers, London (reprint) (a concise account).
    J.L.Pritchard, 1953, The Wright Brothers', Journal of the Royal Aeronautical Society (December) (includes much documentary material).
    F.C.Kelly, 1943, The Wright Brothers, New York (reprint) (authorized by Orville Wright).
    H.B.Combs with M.Caidin, 1980, Kill Devil Hill, London (contains more technical information).
    T.D.Crouch, 1989, The Bishop's Boys: A Life of Wilbur \& Orville Wright, New York (perhaps the best of various subsequent biographies).
    JDS

    Biographical history of technology > Wright, Wilbur

  • 77 σῴζω

    σῴζω fut. σώσω; 1 aor. ἔσωσα; pf. σέσωκα. Pass.: impf. ἐσῳζόμην; fut. σωθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐσώθην; pf. 3 sing. σέσωται Ac 4:9 (UPZ 122, 18 [157 B.C.] σέσωμαι) w. σέσῳσται or σέσωσται as v.l. (s. Tdf. ad loc. and B-D-F §26); ptc. σεσῳσμένος Eph 2:5, 8 (Hom.+—σῴζω [=σωί̈ζω] and the forms surely derived fr. it are to be written w. ι subscript. On the other hand, it is not possible to say how far the ι has spread fr. the present to the tenses formed fr. the root σω-. Kühner-Bl. II 544; B-D-F §26; Mlt-H. 84; Mayser 134)
    to preserve or rescue fr. natural dangers and afflictions, save, keep from harm, preserve, rescue (X., An. 3, 2, 10 οἱ θεοὶ … ἱκανοί εἰσι κ. τοὺς μεγάλους ταχὺ μικροὺς ποιεῖν κ. τοὺς μικροὺς σῴζειν; Musonius p. 32, 10; Chion, Ep. 11; 12 θεοῦ σῴζοντος πλευσοῦμαι; Ar. [Milne 74, 15]).
    save from death (ins [I B.C.]: Sb 8138, 34 σῴζονθʼ οὗτοι ἅπαντες who call upon Isis in the hour of death) τινά someone (Apollon. Rhod. 3, 323 θεός τις ἅμμʼ [=ἡμᾶς] ἐσάωσεν from danger of death at sea; Diod S 11, 92, 3; PsSol 13:2 ἀπὸ ῥομφαίας [cp. Ps 21:21]) Mt 14:30; 27:40, 42, 49; Mk 15:30f; Lk 23:35ab, 37, 39; 1 Cl 16:16 (Ps 21:9); 59, 4; AcPl Ha 5, 12. Pass. (TestJob 19:2 πῶς οὖν σὺ ἐσώθῃς;) Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; J 11:12 (ἐγερθήσεται P75); Ac 27:20, 31; 1 Cl 7:6. Abs., w. acc. easily supplied Mt 8:25. ψυχὴν σῶσαι save a life (Achilles Tat. 5, 22, 6; PTebt 56, 11 [II B.C.] σῶσαι ψυχὰς πολλάς; EpArist 292; Jos., Ant. 11, 255) Mk 3:4; Lk 6:9; 21:19 v.l. τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι save one’s own life (Gen 19:17; 1 Km 19:11; Jer 31:6) Mt 16:25; Mk 8:35a=Lk 9:24a (on Mk 8:35b=Lk 9:24b s. 2aβ below); 17:33 v.l. (PGM 5, 140 κύριε [a god] σῶσον ψυχήν).
    w. ἔκ τινος bring out safely fr. a situation fraught w. mortal danger (X., An. 3, 2, 11; SIG 1130, 1 ἐκ κινδύνων; OGI 69, 4; JosAs 4:8 ἐκ τοῦ λιμοῦ; 28:16 ἐκ τῆς ὀργῆς; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 286) ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου Jd 5. ἐκ χειρὸς Φαραώ AcPl Ha 8, 11; ἐκ Σοδόμων 1 Cl 11:1 (Pla., Gorg. 511d ἐξ Αἰγίνης δεῦρο). ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης J 12:27. ἐκ θανάτου from (the threat of) death (Hom. et al.; Pla., Gorg. 511c; UPZ 122, 18 [157 B.C.]) Hb 5:7.—Of the evil days of the last tribulation ἐν αἷς ἡμεῖς σωθησόμεθα B 8:6; cp. 1 Cl 59:4.
    save/free from disease (Hippocr., Coacae Praenotiones 136 vol. 5 p. 612 L.; IG2, 1028, 89 [I B.C.]; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 68, 32 [132 B.C.]: gods bring healing) or from possession by hostile spirits τινά someone ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε Mt 9:22a; Mk 5:34; 10:52; Lk 8:48; 17:19; 18:42. Cp. Js 5:15; AcPl Ha 5, 31. Pass. be restored to health, get well (Just., D. 112, 1; Ael. Aristid. 33, 9 K.=51 p. 573 D.) Mt 9:21, 22b; Mk 5:23, 28; 6:56; Lk 8:36; Ac 4:9; 14:9. Also of the restoration that comes about when death has already occurred Lk 8:50.
    keep, preserve in good condition (pap; Did., Gen. 145, 1.—Theoph. Ant. 1, 12 [p. 84, 4]) τὶ someth. (Ath. 17, 2 ὁ τύπος … σῴζεται, R. 20 p. 73, 10 μνήμην and αἴσθησιν; Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 107: θειασμός) pass. τὴν κλῆσιν σῴζεσθαι Hs 8, 11, 1.
    pass. thrive, prosper, get on well (SibOr 5, 227) σῴζεσθαι ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 Cl 37:5. As a form of address used in parting σῴζεσθε farewell, remain in good health B 21:9 (cp. TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 1 [Stone p. 60] σῶσόν σε ὁ θεός).
    to save or preserve from transcendent danger or destruction, save/preserve from eternal death fr. judgment, and fr. all that might lead to such death, e.g. sin, also in a positive sense bring Messianic salvation, bring to salvation (LXX; Herm. Wr. 13, 19 σῴζειν=‘endow w. everlasting life’.—Of passing over into a state of salvation and a higher life: Cebes 3, 2; 4, 3; 14, 1. Opp. κολάζειν Orig., C. Cels. 2, 38, 16).
    act. τινά someone or τὶ someth.
    α. of God and Christ: God (ApcEsdr 2:17 p. 26, 9 Tdf. σὺ δὲ ὸ̔ν θέλεις σῴζεις καὶ ὸ̔ν θέλεις ἀπολεῖς) 1 Cor 1:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; AcPlCor 2:10, 16. The acc. is easily supplied Js 4:12. ὁ θεὸς ὁ σῴζων Mt 16:16 D.—Christ (Orig., C. Cels. 3, 14, 9): Mt 18:11; Lk 19:10; J 12:47; 1 Ti 1:15; 2 Ti 4:18 (εἰς 10d); Hb 7:25; MPol 9:3. σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν Mt 1:21 (ς. ἀπό as Jos., Ant. 4, 128); also ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν GJs 11:3; cp. 14:2. The acc. is to be supplied 2 Cl 1:7. διὰ τῶν ἁγνῶν ἀνδρῶν AcPl Ha 1, 16.
    β. of persons who are mediators of divine salvation: apostles Ro 11:14; 1 Cor 9:22; 1 Ti 4:16b. The believing partner in a mixed marriage 1 Cor 7:16ab (JJeremias, Die missionarische Aufgabe in der Mischehe, Bultmann Festschr. ’54, 255–60). One Christian of another σώσει ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκ θανάτου Js 5:20 (on ς. ἐκ θαν. s. 1a above). Cp. Jd 23. Of ultimate personal security 1 Ti 4:16a; Mk 8:35b=Lk 9:24b (for Mk 8:35a=Lk 9:24a s. 1a above).
    γ. of qualities, etc., that lead to salvation ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε Lk 7:50 (s. 1c above). Cp. Js 1:21; 2:14; 1 Pt 3:21; Hv 2, 3, 2. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν π[λοῦτος ἢ τὰ νῦν ἐν τῷ βίῳ λαμπ]ρ̣ὰ σώσι (=σώσει) σε it’s not [the wealth or pomp in this life] that will save you AcPl Ha 9, 8 (for the restoration s. corresponding expressions 2, 21–27).
    pass. be saved, attain salvation (TestAbr A 11 p. 90, 3 [Stone p. 28] al.; Just., A I, 18, 8 al.; Theoph. Ant. 2, 14 [p. 136, 15]) Mt 10:22; 19:25; 24:13; Mk 10:26; 13:13; 16:16; Lk 8:12; 18:26; J 5:34; 10:9; Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 15:1; 16:30f; Ro 10:9, 13 (Jo 3:5); 11:26; 1 Cor 5:5; 10:33; 1 Th 2:16; 2 Th 2:10; 1 Ti 2:4 (JTurmel, Rev. d’Hist. et de Littérature religieuses 5, 1900, 385–415); 1 Pt 4:18 (Pr 11:31); 2 Cl 4:2; 13:1; IPhld 5:2; Hs 9, 26, 6; AcPl Ha 1, 5 and 21.—σωθῆναι διά τινος through someone (Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 8a p. 452 Jac. [in Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 213] σὺ μὲν διʼ ἐμὲ ἐσώθης, ἐγὼ δέ; Herm. Wr. 1, 26b ὅπως τὸ γένος τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος διὰ σοῦ ὑπὸ θεοῦ σωθῇ) J 3:17; 2 Cl 3:3; through someth. (Mel., P. 60, 440 διὰ τοῦ αἵματος) Ac 15:11; 1 Cor 15:2; 1 Ti 2:15 (διά A 3c); Hv 3, 3, 5; 3, 8, 3 (here faith appears as a person, but still remains as a saving quality); 4, 2, 4. ἔν τινι in or through someone 1 Cl 38:1; AcPl Ha 2, 29; in or through someth. Ac 4:12; 11:14; Ro 5:10. ὑπό τινος by someone (Herm. Wr. 9, 5 ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ ς.; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 101 ὑπὸ θεοῦ σῴζεται) 2 Cl 8:2. ἀπό τινος save oneself by turning away from Ac 2:40 (on ς. ἀπό s. 2aα above; ELövestam, ASTI 12, ’83, 84–92). διά τινος ἀπό τινος through someone from someth. Ro 5:9.—χάριτι by grace Eph 2:5; Pol 1:3. τῇ χάριτι διὰ πίστεως Eph 2:8. τῇ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν (only) in hope have we (thus far) been saved or it is in the context of this hope that we have been saved (i.e., what is to come climaxes what is reality now) Ro 8:24.—οἱ σῳζόμενοι those who are to be or are being saved (Iren. 1, 3, 5 [Harv. I 30, 9]) Lk 13:23; Ac 2:47 (BMeyer, CBQ 27, ’65, 37f: cp. Is 37:2); 1 Cor 1:18; 2 Cor 2:15 (opp. οἱ ἀπολλύμενοι in the last two passages); Rv 21:24 t.r. (Erasmian rdg.); 1 Cl 58:2; MPol 17:2.
    Certain passages belong under 1 and 2 at the same time. They include Mk 8:35=Lk 9:24 (s. 1a and 2a β above) and Lk 9:[56] v.l., where σῴζειν is used in contrast to destruction by fire fr. heaven, but also denotes the bestowing of transcendent salvation (cp. Cornutus 16 p. 21, 9f οὐ πρὸς τὸ βλάπτειν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ σῴζειν γέγονεν ὁ λόγος [=Ἑρμῆς]). In Ro 9:27 τὸ ὑπόλειμμα σωθήσεται (Is 10:22) the remnant that is to escape death is interpreted to mean the minority who are to receive the Messianic salvation. In 1 Cor 3:15 escape fr. a burning house is a symbol for the attainment of eternal salvation (πῦρ a; cp. also Cebes 3, 4 ἐὰν δέ τις γνῷ, ἡ ἀφροσύνη ἀπόλλυται, αὐτὸς δὲ σῷζεται).—WWagner, Über σώζειν u. seine Derivata im NT: ZNW 6, 1905, 205–35; J-BColon, La conception du Salut d’après les Év. Syn.: RSR 10, 1930, 1–39; 189–217; 370–415; 11, ’31, 27–70; 193–223; 382–412; JSevenster, Het verlossingsbegrip bij Philo. Vergeleken met de verlossingsgedachten van de Syn. evangeliën ’36; PMinear, And Great Shall be your Reward ’41; MGoguel, Les fondements de l’assurance du salut chez l’ap. Paul: RHPR 17, ’38, 105–44; BHHW II 995, 1068.—B. 752. DELG s.v. σῶς. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > σῴζω

  • 78 насущный

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > насущный

  • 79 단침

    n. hour hand, short hand that indicates the hours on a clock or watch

    Korean-English dictionary > 단침

  • 80 Uhrzeiger

    Uhr·zei·ger m
    hand [of a clock/watch];
    der große/kleine \Uhrzeiger the big [or minute] /small [or hour] hand

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > Uhrzeiger

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Winning Hand — Infobox Album Name = The Winning Hand Type = Double album Artist = Willie Nelson, Kris Kristofferson, Brenda Lee Dolly Parton Released = December 1982 Recorded = Genre = Country Length = 60 min Label = Monument Producer = Fred Foster Reviews = *… …   Wikipedia

  • Hour hand — Hour Hour, n. [OE. hour, our, hore, ure, OF. hore, ore, ure, F. heure, L. hora, fr. Gr. ?, orig., a definite space of time, fixed by natural laws; hence, a season, the time of the day, an hour. See {Year}, and cf. {Horologe}, {Horoscope}.] 1. The …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • The Hour of Bewilderbeast — Studio album by Badly Drawn Boy Released …   Wikipedia

  • hour hand — hour ,hand noun count the thing that points to the hour on a clock or watch. The thing that points to the minute is called the minute hand, and the thing that points to the seconds is called the second hand …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • hour hand — hour .hand n the shorter of the two pieces on a clock or watch that show you the time →↑minute hand …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • hour hand — n. the short hand of a clock or watch, which indicates the hours and moves around the dial once every twelve hours …   English World dictionary

  • hour hand — hour′ hand n. hor the hand that indicates the hours on a clock or watch • Etymology: 1660–70 …   From formal English to slang

  • hour hand — noun the shorter hand of a clock that points to the hours • Syn: ↑little hand • Hypernyms: ↑hand * * * noun : the index showing the hour on a timepiece * * * the hand that indicates the hours on a clock or watch. [1660 70] * * * …   Useful english dictionary

  • hour hand — UK / US noun [countable] Word forms hour hand : singular hour hand plural hour hands the thing that points to the hour on a clock or watch. The thing that points to the minute is called the minute hand, and the thing that points to the seconds is …   English dictionary

  • The Hour of the Dragon — This article is about a novel. For the protagonist and principal character, see Conan the Barbarian. For the collection that uses this title as its subtitle, see The Conan Chronicles, 2. Conan the Conqueror redirects here. For the cancelled film …   Wikipedia

  • hour hand — noun Date: 1669 the short hand that marks the hours on the face of a watch or clock …   New Collegiate Dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»